WO2025140672A1 - Ophthalmic radio frequency ablation system, radio frequency ablation instrument, and control method therefor - Google Patents
Ophthalmic radio frequency ablation system, radio frequency ablation instrument, and control method therefor Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025140672A1 WO2025140672A1 PCT/CN2024/143510 CN2024143510W WO2025140672A1 WO 2025140672 A1 WO2025140672 A1 WO 2025140672A1 CN 2024143510 W CN2024143510 W CN 2024143510W WO 2025140672 A1 WO2025140672 A1 WO 2025140672A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- electrode
- ablation
- information
- module
- output
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
- A61B5/05—Detecting, measuring or recording for diagnosis by means of electric currents or magnetic fields; Measuring using microwaves or radio waves
- A61B5/053—Measuring electrical impedance or conductance of a portion of the body
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B90/00—Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F9/00—Methods or devices for treatment of the eyes; Devices for putting in contact-lenses; Devices to correct squinting; Apparatus to guide the blind; Protective devices for the eyes, carried on the body or in the hand
- A61F9/007—Methods or devices for eye surgery
Definitions
- the present specification relates to the field of eye treatment, and in particular to an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system, a radiofrequency ablation apparatus and a control method thereof.
- Radiofrequency ablation technology mainly implements ablation through the thermal effect on the biological body.
- the rapid change of the electromagnetic field causes the polar water molecules in the tissue to move at high speed, generating heat (i.e. endogenous thermal effect), causing the water inside and outside the cells to evaporate, dry, shrink and fall off, resulting in aseptic necrosis, thereby achieving the purpose of treatment.
- an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system can be provided to achieve precise radiofrequency ablation of ocular tissues and treat eye diseases such as glaucoma while making clinical operations more convenient and safer.
- an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system comprising: an ablation electrode, the ablation electrode comprising an electrode needle with a tip and an operating handle, the electrode needle being mounted on the operating handle, the tip being used to penetrate into eye tissue to ablate the eye tissue based on radiofrequency energy; a radiofrequency ablation host, the radiofrequency ablation host comprising a power module, a control module, a radiofrequency module, an input/output module, an impedance detection module and an information reading module; wherein the radiofrequency module is configured to generate a radiofrequency signal based on a control instruction sent by the control module when the ablation electrode is electrically connected to the radiofrequency ablation host , so as to provide the RF energy to the ablation electrode; the impedance detection module is configured to detect the impedance information of the eye tissue during the ablation process and transmit the impedance information to the control module; and the information reading module is configured to, when the ablation electrode is electrically connected to the RF ablation host, obtain the
- an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system comprising: a radiofrequency ablation host for providing radiofrequency energy; accessories connected to the radiofrequency ablation host, the accessories comprising a foot switch and an ablation electrode; the foot switch is used to control the output and stop of the radiofrequency energy, and the ablation electrode is used to perform ablation based on the radiofrequency energy;
- the ablation electrode comprises: an electrode needle, the electrode needle is cylindrical as a whole, and its cross-section comprises an electrode inner pole, a first insulating layer, an electrode outer pole, and a second insulating layer from the inside to the outside in the radial direction, the outer surfaces of the front ends of the electrode inner pole, the first insulating layer, the electrode outer pole, and the second insulating layer correspondingly form an inner pole region, a first insulating region, an outer pole region, and a second insulating region, and after the ablation electrode is connected to the radiofrequency ablation host, an ablation wave is generated between the inner pole
- the ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system which includes an ablation electrode and a radiofrequency ablation host, can perform accurate radiofrequency ablation treatment on different eye tissues, while simplifying the user's operating steps and operating difficulty, making the radiofrequency ablation treatment process simpler and faster. It can also determine whether the conditions for radiofrequency ablation are met, thereby ensuring the safety and standardization of the radiofrequency ablation treatment process.
- an ocular radiofrequency ablation device which is used to provide radiofrequency energy to the ablation electrode connected thereto.
- the ocular radiofrequency ablation device includes: a control module, a radiofrequency module, an impedance detection module and an information reading module; the control module is used to communicate with the radiofrequency module, the impedance detection module and the information reading module to control the radiofrequency ablation device to generate the radiofrequency energy; the radiofrequency module is used to generate radiofrequency energy based on the control instruction of the control module; the radiofrequency module includes a radiofrequency power supply, a radiofrequency signal source and a power amplifier module, wherein: the radiofrequency power supply is connected to the control module and the power amplifier module to provide electrical energy for the generation of the radiofrequency energy; the radiofrequency signal source is connected to the control module and the power amplifier module to generate radiofrequency signals based on the control instructions; the power amplifier module is used to generate alternating current radiofrequency energy based on the radiofrequency signal and the electrical energy; the impedance detection module is used
- control module is further used to: verify the ablation electrode based on the electrode information obtained by the information reading module; give a prompt in response to the ablation electrode being unavailable; or display the electrode type and electrode life information of the ablation electrode and request confirmation in response to the ablation electrode being available.
- the ablation electrode is available including: the ablation electrode is not an illegal electrode and is within the validity period and the remaining number of uses or the remaining ablation time of the ablation electrode is not zero.
- the expiration date includes the expiration date on the ablation electrode package and a preset usage time range after unpacking and first use
- the electrode life information includes the number of times the electrode has been used and the number of remaining uses, or the accumulated ablation time and the remaining ablation time.
- the ocular radiofrequency ablation device also includes a foot switch interface for connecting a foot switch
- the control module is further used to: in response to the electrode type and electrode life information of the ablation electrode being confirmed, detect whether the foot switch is connected; in response to the foot switch being not connected, give a prompt; and in response to the foot switch being connected or the user clicking a confirmation button in the prompt interface, enter a parameter setting interface.
- control module is further used to: recommend target parameters in response to user confirmation of the electrode type and electrode life information of the ablation electrode; preferably, based on the electrode type of the ablation electrode, recommend parameter values or user-selectable parameter ranges related to the target parameters; preferably, the target parameters include the output duration and output power of the radio frequency energy.
- the ocular radiofrequency ablation device also includes an activation switch
- the control module is further used to: give a prompt in response to abnormal activation of the activation switch
- the abnormal activation of the activation switch includes: the activation switch is activated when a first preset condition is not met, and the first preset condition includes that all functions of the radiofrequency ablation device are normal, the foot switch is connected, the ablation electrode is available and the target parameters have been determined.
- control module is further used to: enter a treatment interface in response to the activation switch being activated when the first preset condition is met;
- the information displayed on the treatment interface includes at least one of electrode status, electrode type, electrode life, output duration of radio frequency energy, real-time treatment time, output power of radio frequency energy, and impedance information; preferably, the information displayed on the treatment interface includes electrode status, electrode type, electrode life information, output power of radio frequency energy, output duration of radio frequency energy, real-time treatment time, and real-time impedance.
- control module is further used to: give a prompt in response to abnormal activation of the foot switch; the abnormal activation of the foot switch includes: the foot switch is activated when a second preset condition is not met; the second preset condition includes the radiofrequency ablation device entering the treatment interface.
- One or more embodiments of the present specification provide a control method for a radiofrequency ablation instrument; the method includes: in response to the radiofrequency ablation instrument being turned on, detecting whether the function of the radiofrequency ablation instrument is normal; in response to all functions of the radiofrequency ablation instrument being normal, detecting whether the ablation electrode connected to the radiofrequency ablation instrument is available; in response to the ablation electrode being available and the electrode information being confirmed, entering a parameter setting interface; in response to the ablation electrode being available before or after the electrode information is confirmed, detecting whether a foot switch is connected; in response to the foot switch being connected and based on the target parameters recommended by the parameter setting interface or set in the parameter setting interface, controlling the output or stopping of radiofrequency energy.
- detecting whether the function of the radio frequency ablation device is normal includes at least one of the following: detecting whether the foot switch and/or activation switch is abnormally started; detecting whether the state of the analog-to-digital converter of the radio frequency ablation device is normal; detecting whether the size of the radio frequency output frequency is normal; detecting whether the real-time clock is accurate; detecting whether the serial port communication is normal; detecting whether the power supply is normal; and detecting whether the reading and writing of the memory are normal.
- detecting whether the real-time clock is accurate includes: comparing the time of the real-time clock with the latest device recorded time, if the time of the real-time clock is before the device recorded time, determining that the real-time clock is inaccurate; and/or in response to the real-time clock being inaccurate, reminding after-sales maintenance personnel to adjust the time.
- controlling the output or stopping of RF energy based on the target parameters recommended by the parameter setting interface or set in the parameter setting interface further includes: judging whether the ablation electrode has reached the target position in response to the activation switch being activated when a first preset condition is met; determining that the ablation electrode has reached the target position in response to impedance information reaching a preset value or the ablation electrode reaching a predetermined depth; and when the ablation electrode reaches the target position, controlling the output of RF energy based on the target parameters in response to the foot switch being activated.
- the process of controlling the output or stopping of the RF energy further includes: controlling the RF energy to stop outputting when the impedance suddenly changes; or automatically stopping the RF energy output in response to the foot switch being released, or the activation switch being turned off, or the timing reaching the output duration of the RF energy.
- One or more embodiments of the present specification provide a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the storage medium stores computer instructions.
- the computer reads the computer instructions in the storage medium, the computer executes the control method as described above.
- the ocular radiofrequency ablation device and control method provided in this embodiment can perform accurate ocular radiofrequency ablation treatment on different ocular tissues to treat ocular diseases such as glaucoma. It can be connected to the ablation electrode and read the stored information of the ablation electrode, and monitor the impedance changes during the treatment process in real time, making the radiofrequency ablation treatment process simpler and faster. It can also determine whether the conditions for radiofrequency ablation are met, thereby ensuring the safety and standardization of the radiofrequency ablation treatment process, while simplifying the user's operating steps and operating difficulty.
- FIG1 is an exemplary schematic diagram of an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system according to some embodiments of the present specification
- FIGS. 2A and 2B are exemplary schematic diagrams of a trolley of a radiofrequency ablation apparatus according to some embodiments of the present specification
- FIG3 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a radiofrequency ablation apparatus hardware structure according to some embodiments of this specification.
- FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system according to other embodiments of the present specification.
- FIG5 is a software/hardware schematic diagram of a microcontroller unit according to some embodiments of the present specification.
- 6A and 6B are exemplary schematic diagrams of radiofrequency ablation apparatus structures according to some embodiments of the present specification.
- FIG7 is an exemplary schematic diagram of an ablation electrode according to some embodiments of the present specification.
- FIG8A is an exemplary schematic diagram of an electrode needle according to some embodiments of the present specification.
- FIG8B is an exemplary schematic diagram of the internal structure of an electrode needle according to some embodiments of this specification.
- FIG10 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of an electrode needle according to some embodiments of this specification.
- FIG11 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of an electrode needle according to some embodiments of this specification.
- FIG12A is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of an electrode needle according to some embodiments of this specification.
- FIG12B is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of an electrode needle according to some embodiments of this specification.
- FIG13 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of an electrode needle according to some embodiments of this specification.
- FIG14 is an exploded schematic diagram of an ablation electrode according to some embodiments of the present specification.
- FIG15 is a cross-sectional view of a handle tip of an ablation electrode according to some embodiments of the present specification.
- FIG16 is an exemplary schematic diagram of an electrode needle protection cap according to some embodiments of this specification.
- FIG17 is an exploded schematic diagram of an operating handle in an ablation electrode according to the present invention.
- FIG. 18 is an exemplary flow chart of an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation method according to some embodiments of the present specification.
- FIG. 19 is an exemplary schematic diagram of an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation method according to some embodiments of the present specification.
- FIG. 20 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a display page for replacing electrodes according to some embodiments of the present specification.
- FIG21 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a warning information display page according to some embodiments of this specification.
- FIG. 22 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a confirmation page for electrode identification after the ablation electrode is electrically connected according to some embodiments of the present specification
- FIG23 is a schematic diagram of a parameter setting page before treatment according to some embodiments of this specification.
- FIG. 24 is an exemplary schematic diagram of an information display page during a treatment process according to some embodiments of the present specification.
- FIG. 25 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a system setting page according to some embodiments of the present specification.
- FIG26 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a time setting interface according to some embodiments of this specification.
- FIG. 27 is an exemplary module diagram of an eye radiofrequency ablation apparatus according to some embodiments of the present specification.
- FIG. 28 is an exemplary flow chart of a control method according to some embodiments of the present specification.
- system used herein are a method for distinguishing different components, elements, parts, portions or assemblies at different levels. If other words can achieve the same purpose, the words can be replaced by other expressions.
- an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system 100 may include a radiofrequency ablation host 110 (ie, a radiofrequency ablation device 110 ), an ablation electrode 120 , and a connector 130 .
- the ablation electrode 120 may include an electrode needle with a tip and an operating handle.
- the electrode needle is mounted on the operating handle; the tip can be used to penetrate into the eye tissue to ablate the eye tissue based on radio frequency energy.
- the eye tissue refers to the tissue part that needs to be ablated by radio frequency.
- the eye tissue may include the ciliary body, trabecular meshwork, iris and sclera.
- the ablation electrode please refer to the description in Figures 7 to 17.
- the radiofrequency ablation device 110 is configured to provide radiofrequency energy to the ablation electrode after the ablation electrode is electrically connected to the radiofrequency ablation host.
- the ablation host 110 may include a control module, a radiofrequency module, an input/output module, an impedance detection module, and an information reading module.
- the control module can be configured to control the ablation host 110 to achieve ablation of eye tissue.
- the radiofrequency module can be configured to generate a radiofrequency signal based on the control instruction sent by the control module after the ablation electrode 120 is electrically connected to the radiofrequency ablation host 110, so as to provide radiofrequency energy to the ablation electrode 120.
- the impedance detection module can be configured to detect the impedance information of the eye tissue during the ablation process, and transmit the impedance information to the control module, so that the control module issues corresponding control instructions based on the change of impedance information (such as controlling the radiofrequency module to start or stop the output of radiofrequency energy, controlling the input/output module to output warning information, etc.).
- the information reading module can be configured to obtain the electrode information of the ablation electrode after the ablation electrode 120 is electrically connected to the RF ablation host 110, and transmit the electrode information to the control module so that the control module can determine whether the ablation electrode is available based on the electrode information.
- the information reading module can also be configured to write the usage information of the ablation electrode recorded by the RF ablation host 110 into the corresponding ablation electrode.
- the RF ablation host please refer to the description in Figures 3 to 6B.
- the connector 130 is configured to connect the ablation electrode 120 and the radiofrequency ablation host 110.
- the connector 130 may include an aviation plug, an N-type connector, an SMA connector, and the like.
- the ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system 100 may further include a foot switch.
- the foot switch may be connected to the radiofrequency ablation host 110 via a cable to control the output and stop of radiofrequency energy.
- the foot switch may be connected to one end of the cable, and the other end of the cable may be plugged into a foot switch interface (such as the foot switch interface 664 in FIG. 6A or 6B) on the radiofrequency ablation host 110, thereby being electrically connected to the radiofrequency ablation host 110.
- the user may control the radiofrequency energy output by stepping on the foot switch, and release the foot switch to control the radiofrequency energy to stop outputting.
- the ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system 100 may further include a trolley 140.
- the trolley 140 is configured to carry the radiofrequency ablation host 110.
- the radiofrequency ablation host 110 may be fixedly mounted or detachably mounted on the trolley 140. When the radiofrequency ablation host 110 is mounted on the trolley 140, the radiofrequency ablation host may be dragged to move (e.g., to the user's location) by moving the trolley 140.
- the trolley 140 may include a front handle 210, a rear push handle 220, a storage box 230, a cable hook, a body and casters.
- the front handle 210 may be provided at the front end of the trolley 140 to pull the trolley, thereby driving the RF ablation host 110 installed thereon to move.
- the rear push handle 220 may be provided at the rear end of the trolley 140 to push the trolley 140 to move.
- the storage box 230 may be provided at the rear end bottom of the trolley 140 to place items (such as cables, documents, masks, gloves, patient belongings, etc.). In some embodiments, the storage box 230 may also be provided at the front end or side of the trolley 140.
- the front end of the trolley may refer to the side where the display interface of the RF ablation host 110 is located after the RF ablation host 110 is installed on the trolley 140; accordingly, the rear end refers to the side opposite to the front end.
- the structure of the cable hook may include a wire hanging shaft and a baffle; the cable is wound around the wire hanging shaft, and the baffle is used to prevent the cable from falling.
- the body refers to the main part of the trolley, and the body can provide the trolley with functions such as stabilizing the center of gravity and supporting the radiofrequency ablation device.
- the caster refers to a structure that provides a mobile function for the trolley.
- the caster may include a fixed caster, a brake caster, and a universal caster.
- the front casters may be two universal casters
- the rear casters may be two brake casters.
- the trolley 140 may further include a locking member 240 for fixing the RF ablation mainframe.
- the locking member 240 may be arranged above the platform 250 of the trolley 140, and a knob connected to the locking member 240 is arranged at the bottom of the platform 250.
- a fixing structure (such as a fixing structure 650) matching the locking member 240 may be arranged on the RF ablation mainframe, and the locking member 240 may be locked or unlocked with the fixing structure by rotating the knob, so that the RF ablation mainframe 110 is fixed or separated from the trolley 140.
- the locking member 240 may include various reasonable shapes such as a cuboid, a cube, an irregular body, etc., and this specification does not make specific restrictions on this.
- the fixing structure may include a locking member and a locking hole, and the locking member rotates in the locking hole to fix or disassemble the RF ablation instrument.
- the locking member and the locking hole may be arranged at the bottom of the RF ablation instrument and on the trolley, respectively.
- the form of the fixing structure may also be other structures that can fix the RF ablation instrument 110 to the trolley.
- the fixing structure is a snap-fit structure, including an elastic member and a groove, which are respectively arranged on the radiofrequency ablation device 110 and the trolley, and are fixed to the groove through deformation of the elastic member.
- FIG. 3 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a radiofrequency ablation host hardware structure according to some embodiments of the present specification.
- the RF ablation host 110 may include a RF module 112 , a control module 113 , an input/output module 114 , an impedance detection module 115 , and an information reading module 116 .
- the RF module 112 may include a RF signal source 1121 , a RF power supply 1122 , and a power amplification module 1123 .
- the continuous treatment mode means that after the tip of the electrode needle enters the eye tissue, the radiofrequency energy can be released multiple times at the same treatment position, that is, intermittently, and the corresponding treatment time is the accumulation of multiple release times.
- the single treatment mode means that after the tip of the electrode needle enters the eye tissue, the radiofrequency energy is released once, and the corresponding treatment time is the release time of this radiofrequency energy.
- Electrode information refers to information related to the ablation electrode.
- the electrode information may include the electrode type, electrode validity period information, and electrode life information of the ablation electrode.
- the electrode validity period information may include the electrode production date, production shelf life, first use time, and preset use time range after the first use.
- the electrode life information may include the number of uses, the remaining number of uses, or the accumulated ablation time, and the remaining ablation time.
- the prompt information may include accessory connection status and/or warning information.
- Accessories refer to components that need to be connected to the RF ablation host through cables or other means.
- accessories may include ablation electrodes 120, foot switches, etc.
- the accessory connection state may represent the connection between the accessory and the RF ablation host.
- the accessory connection state may include whether the foot switch or ablation electrode is connected to the RF ablation host or whether the foot switch or ablation electrode is not connected to the RF ablation host.
- control module 113 can automatically detect the accessory connection status and send the accessory connection status to input/output module 114 for display.
- the warning information may include electrode not connected, electrode not authorized or verification failed, electrode life ended, electrode expired, foot switch not connected, self-test failed, please release activation switch, please release foot switch, etc.
- the control module 113 may control the output unit to output the warning information "electrode not authorized".
- the warning information please refer to the following related content.
- the input/output module 114 may include a touch screen display.
- the input button of the human-computer interaction unit 1141 may be integrated with the output unit.
- the activation switch 450 is used to activate the RF module after the first preset condition is met.
- the first preset condition means that the accessory connection status between the accessory and the RF ablation host is connected, the ablation electrode is available, the ablation parameters have been set, and the RF ablation host has no other errors (all functions are normal).
- the availability of the ablation electrode please refer to the following related description.
- the activation switch When the first preset condition is met, the activation switch is turned on, and the control module can control the radio frequency module to generate radio frequency energy.
- the activation switch is not controlled by software, but by the RF signal. If the activation switch is turned off, the RF generation circuit will be in an off state, the control module will not send a control signal for RF output, and the RF energy output control cannot be achieved.
- the user turns off the activation switch and the RF module 112 stops outputting RF energy.
- the control module 113 may send a warning message to the input/output module 114, and the output unit 1142 in the input/output module 114 may display the warning message to prompt the user.
- the warning message may include, for example, "Please release the activation switch.”
- the foot switch is configured to control the start and stop of the radio frequency energy output after a second preset condition is met.
- the second preset condition means that after the first preset condition is met, the ablation electrode is inserted into the eye tissue and reaches the target position.
- the second preset condition may be that the display interface enters the treatment interface.
- connection method between the foot switch and the RF ablation host 110 may include cable connection or wireless network connection.
- the control module 113 may send a warning message to the input/output module 114, and the output unit 1142 in the input/output module 114 outputs the warning message.
- the warning message may include, for example, "foot switch is not connected”.
- the control module 113 may send a warning message to the input/output module 114, and the output unit 1142 in the input/output module 114 outputs the warning message.
- the warning message may include, for example, "Please release the foot switch.”
- the ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system 100 may be configured to have a continuous output mode and/or a timed output mode, wherein the continuous output mode or the timed output mode may reflect the output manner of radiofrequency energy.
- the continuous output mode means that in response to the user starting the foot switch, the control module 113 controls the RF module 112 to start outputting RF energy, and in response to the user turning off the foot switch or activating the switch, the control module 113 controls the RF module 112 to stop outputting RF energy.
- the continuous output mode is suitable for performing multiple RF treatments on the same eye tissue.
- the control module 113 may send a warning message to the input/output module 114, and the output unit 1142 in the input/output module 114 outputs the warning message.
- the warning message may include "Please release the foot switch”.
- the operating handle 4 is configured to control the position of the ablation electrode.
- the operating handle 4 may be slender, including a handle end 41 and a handle body 42 , and the handle end 41 and the handle body 42 may be connected in a detachable manner to facilitate the replacement of different handle ends 41 by the operating handle 42 .
- the detachable connection may include plug-in, snap-on, screw-on, and the like.
- a first through hole 43 may be provided at the front and rear ends of the handle end 41, and the electrode needle 1 is fixedly connected to the first through hole 43 by a permanent fixed connection (such as injection molding or gluing, etc.) or a non-permanent fixed connection (such as a detachable connection such as plug-in, snap-on, screw-on, etc.).
- a permanent fixed connection such as injection molding or gluing, etc.
- a non-permanent fixed connection such as a detachable connection such as plug-in, snap-on, screw-on, etc.
- a plurality of positioning protrusions may be provided around the positioning sleeve 413, and a plurality of first positioning grooves matching the positioning protrusions may be provided inside the handle body 42 correspondingly.
- the positioning protrusions may be inserted into the first positioning grooves to fix the handle end 41 to the handle body 42.
- the length of the electrode inner pole 11 in the axial direction can be greater than the length of the first insulating layer 12, the electrode outer pole 13, and the second insulating layer 14, and the end of the electrode inner pole 11 away from the needle tip 2 (i.e., the end inside the operating handle 4) is electrically connected to the storage chip 5 inside the operating handle 4 through a connecting wire or a metal connecting tube 36 sleeved on the electrode inner pole 11.
- the second insulating layer 14 is partially peeled off at one end of the electrode needle 1 located inside the operating handle 4 to expose the electrode outer pole 13, and the electrode outer pole 13 is electrically connected to the storage chip 5 through a connecting wire.
- the connecting wire and the storage chip 5 can be electrically connected by welding, such as micro-resistance welding, laser welding, brazing, etc.
- the handle body 42 may include a left shell 8, a right shell 9, and an upper shell 7.
- the left shell 8 and the right shell 9 may have the same and symmetrical structures and be connected in a detachable manner.
- the upper shell 7 may be inserted into the opening formed by the left shell 8 and the right shell 9.
- the top middle regions of the left shell 8 and the right shell 9 may each be provided with an opening 75 to allow the upper shell 7 to be inserted into a mounting groove 76 formed by the two openings 75.
- the opening 75 may be an arc-shaped opening so that the shape of the opening 75 better matches the cross-sectional variation of the handle body 42.
- the electrode needle protective cap 6 can be used to freely replace the adjustment tube 3 of different lengths, which plays a good guiding role in replacing the adjustment tube 3, facilitates the rapid insertion of the adjustment tube 3 into the operating handle 4, and can quickly obtain the required depth of the electrode needle 1 inserted into the eye.
- FIG. 10 shows an example of an ablation electrode including three or more electrode needles.
- the front end of the ablation electrode 120 is a conical structure, and an electrode inner pole 1021 may be provided at the tip of the conical structure, and four electrode outer poles 1023 are provided on the conical surface of the conical structure at the periphery of the electrode inner pole 1021, and the remaining part between the electrode inner pole 1021 and the four electrode outer poles 1023 is a cast insulating structure.
- FIG. 10 shows an example of an ablation electrode including three or more electrode needles.
- the tip of the ablation electrode 120 shown in FIG. 10 can be formed by grinding, and during the grinding process, the tip of the conical needle tip is formed by the electrode inner pole 1021 to form a needle tip, and the electrode outer pole 1023 on the cone surface is exposed as the grinding progresses.
- the diameter size range of the electrode inner pole and the electrode outer pole of the ablation electrode 120 shown in FIG. 10 may include 0.1-0.3 mm, and the overall size of each electrode needle may be the same as the electrode needle 1 described above.
- the ablation electrode 120 may include an electrode needle, the electrode inner pole, the insulating structure and the electrode outer pole of the electrode needle are stepped at the tip of the electrode needle along the axial direction of the ablation electrode.
- an insulating structure transition portion may be provided between the electrode inner pole 1221 and the insulating structure 1222 to avoid the formation of steps that make it difficult for the electrode needle to penetrate the eye tissue.
- the outer diameter of the insulating structure 1222 is 0.3-0.8 mm.
- the electrode needle 12 may be a non-cylindrical structure.
- the electrode needle 12 may not be provided with the boss 1224 , that is, the annular table surface formed between the electrode outer pole 1223 and the insulating structure 1222 directly contacts the eye surface.
- the electrode needle 12 may only include an inner electrode and an insulating structure around the inner electrode, and the outer electrode is attached to the periphery of the eye to be subjected to radiofrequency ablation in the form of a patch.
- the ablation electrode 120 may include a sandwich electrode needle 13, which includes an electrode positive electrode, an electrode negative electrode, and an insulating layer disposed between the electrode positive electrode and the electrode negative electrode in a radial direction, wherein the insulating layer forms the tip of the electrode needle.
- the sandwich electrode needle 13 may be an electrode needle of a special-shaped structure, or a regular cylindrical structure electrode needle with a conical tip.
- the first pole 1311, the second pole 1312, and the insulating interlayer 1313 may form a hexagonal structure in the cross section of the electrode needle 13.
- the thickness of the insulating interlayer 1313 (the length along the radial direction of the electrode needle) may be in the range of 0.1-0.3 mm.
- the length of the tip of the electrode needle 13 along its axial direction may be in the range of 0.3-1.5 mm.
- the constituent material of the insulating structure may include glass, ceramic, basalt, etc.
- the constituent materials of the first pole and the second pole are the same as those of the electrode needle 1 described above.
- the electrode needle 1, electrode needle 11, electrode needle 12, and electrode needle 13 can be formed into an insulating structure or an insulating structure and an electrode outer pole in a variety of ways.
- the electrode needle can form an insulating structure or an insulating structure and an electrode outer pole by means of a coating layer, and form an electrode tip by grinding.
- the electrode needle can form an insulating structure and a metal electrode outer pole on the needle tip surface of the electrode inner pole by means of vapor deposition and electroplating; in addition, it should be understood that the electrode outer pole and the electrode inner pole in this specification are respectively used as the positive pole and the negative pole during the radiofrequency ablation process, that is, when the inner pole is a positive pole, the outer pole will be a negative pole, or when the inner pole is a negative pole, the outer pole will be a positive pole.
- the radiofrequency ablation system of the present invention can achieve radiofrequency ablation of eye tissues such as ciliary body, trabecular meshwork, iris and sclera.
- eye tissues such as ciliary body, trabecular meshwork, iris and sclera.
- the morphological structure of the electrode needle can be designed differently.
- the end of the electrode needle that penetrates the eye tissue is a straight needle, a curved needle with a straight tip, or a curved needle with a curved tip.
- the electrode is used to ablate the ciliary body, and its electrode needle 1 is in the form of a straight needle.
- the electrode is used to ablate the trabecular meshwork, and its electrode needle is a curved needle with a straight tip.
- the ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system can complete the radiofrequency ablation operation more safely and conveniently, and can recommend corresponding treatment plans according to different treatment sites, and can achieve precise radiofrequency ablation of eye tissues such as the ciliary body, trabecular meshwork and iris.
- the ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system and its modules shown in FIG1 can be implemented in various ways. It should be noted that the above description of the ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system and its modules is only for the convenience of description, and this specification cannot be limited to the scope of the embodiments cited. It can be understood that for those skilled in the art, after understanding the principle of the system, it is possible to arbitrarily combine the various modules, or form a subsystem to connect with other modules without deviating from this principle.
- the control module, radio frequency module, input/output module, impedance detection module and information reading module disclosed in FIG1 can be different modules in a system, or a module can realize the functions of two or more of the above modules. For example, each module can share a storage module, or each module can have its own storage module. Such variations are within the scope of protection of this specification.
- Step 1810 in response to the radiofrequency ablation device being turned on, detecting whether the function of the radiofrequency ablation device is normal.
- detecting whether the function of the RF ablation device is normal may include at least one of the following: detecting whether the foot switch and/or activation switch is abnormally started, detecting whether the status of the analog-to-digital converter of the RF ablation host is normal, detecting whether the RF output frequency is normal, detecting whether the clock of the RF ablation host is accurate, detecting whether the serial port communication of the RF ablation host is normal, detecting whether the power supply is normal, and detecting whether the reading and writing of the memory of the RF ablation host is normal, etc.
- the interactive interface 2000 in response to a module in the RF ablation host that cannot operate normally, the interactive interface 2000 may be entered and a prompt message may be displayed.
- the prompt message may include an error code.
- the error code may indicate different errors detected. For example, E01-12V indicates a detection error, E04-DAC indicates an output abnormality, etc.
- the interactive interface 2000 in response to the first use of the radiofrequency ablation system, can display a time setting interface 600.
- the user cannot set the system time at other times.
- the after-sales technician can use the engineering electrode to set it in the engineering interface.
- the engineering interface includes year, month, day, hour, minute, week and confirmation button. Among them, enter the correct year, month, day, hour, minute and week in the input box corresponding to the year, month, day, hour, minute and week, and touch the confirmation button to complete the time reset.
- the after-sales technician in the engineering interface, can also correct some electrode information (such as when the information is incorrect), rewrite it, or perform other background settings.
- the radiofrequency ablation system can calculate the life of the ablation electrode based on the system time, and the radiofrequency ablation system does not include network time, so the time setting authority is not open to the user.
- the radiofrequency ablation system can be networked.
- One or more components of the radiofrequency ablation system e.g., the control device 210, the radiofrequency generator 220, the impedance detection device 230, the information reading unit 240
- the control device 210 can obtain data (e.g., a patient's electronic medical record) from other systems via a network.
- the network can be any suitable network for the exchange of information and/or data.
- the medical management system refers to a system used by the hospital to manage or process data on various aspects of medical information.
- the medical management system may include an outpatient and emergency management system, a medical record management system, a medical statistics query system, etc.
- the radiofrequency ablation system after the radiofrequency ablation system is connected to the medical management system network, it may have a patient management function.
- the radiofrequency ablation system is connected to a camera, and the camera scans the code to input patient information; the patient is managed by retrieving more patient information (such as medical records, consultation time) from the medical management system.
- the patient management function also includes data analysis, formulating patient review plans, and reminding patients to review.
- radiofrequency ablation device 110 also referred to as a radiofrequency ablation host
- the present application also claims protection for a radiofrequency ablation device 110 (also referred to as a radiofrequency ablation host) in the aforementioned radiofrequency ablation system.
- a radiofrequency ablation device 110 also referred to as a radiofrequency ablation host
- the relevant introduction and description of the radiofrequency ablation device 110 please understand it in conjunction with the previous relevant introduction and the description below.
- the radiofrequency ablation device 110 when the ablation electrode 120 is connected to the radiofrequency ablation device 110, the radiofrequency ablation device 110 provides radiofrequency energy to the ablation electrode 120, and the radiofrequency energy is transmitted to the target tissue through the ablation electrode 120, thereby achieving the purpose of ablation of the target tissue.
- the ablation electrode 120 may include an electrode needle with a tip, and the tip is configured to penetrate the target tissue.
- the electrode needle may include an outer pole and an inner pole, and the outer pole and the inner pole serve as a positive pole and a negative pole respectively under the radiofrequency energy provided by the radiofrequency ablation device, and an ablation wave is formed between the positive pole and the negative pole, thereby achieving ablation of the target tissue.
- the radiofrequency ablation device 110 may actively write the time of the first use of the electrode into the storage chip of the ablation electrode 120 .
- the ablation electrode 120 can be connected to the radiofrequency ablation device 110 through a connector.
- the structure of the connector can be a plug and a socket, and the connector can include an aviation plug, an N-type connector, an SMA connector, etc.
- one end of the ablation electrode 120 is a connector, and the connector is inserted into the connector socket 1040, and the ablation electrode 120 is connected to the radiofrequency ablation device 110 through the connector.
- the radio frequency ablation device 110 may include a control module 113 , a radio frequency module 112 , an impedance detection module 115 and an information reading module 116 .
- control module 113 is used to communicate with the radio frequency module, the impedance detection module and the information reading module to control the radio frequency ablation device to generate radio frequency energy.
- control module 113 can be connected or electrically connected to the radio frequency module 112, the impedance detection module 115 and the information reading module 116.
- the control module 113 can read information from the module connected to it or send control instructions to each component to realize the control of the radio frequency ablation device 110.
- the control module 113 can receive the impedance information of the target tissue detected by the impedance detection module 115, and judge whether the ablation electrode reaches the target position of the eye based on the impedance information.
- the control module 113 can receive the electrode information of the ablation electrode obtained by the information reading module 116, and judge whether the ablation electrode is available based on the electrode information. If it is available, the output unit is controlled to output the electrode information; if it is not available, the output unit is controlled to output a warning message (such as "electrode verification failed, please replace the electrode", "electrode life end, please replace the electrode", etc.).
- the control module 113 can detect the operating status of the radiofrequency ablation device and/or its accessories (such as a foot switch, ablation electrode), determine the occurrence of a warning or error, and output a warning message or a prompt sound through the output unit. For more information about this part, please refer to the following.
- the impedance detection module 115 is used to detect impedance information before, during or after the output of RF energy.
- the impedance detection module 115 is used to detect the impedance information of the target tissue during the ablation process and transmit the impedance information to the control module. For example, before the RF energy is output, in response to the user inserting the ablation electrode into the target tissue of the patient, the impedance detection module can detect the impedance information of the target tissue.
- the impedance information may include real-time impedance.
- the impedance detection module 115 may include an impedance monitoring unit 1151 and a voltage and current feedback unit 1152 .
- the impedance monitoring unit 1151 is used to monitor the impedance information of the target tissue before and after the RF energy output is stopped.
- the impedance monitoring unit 1151 may include a bioimpedance detection chip.
- the impedance monitoring unit 1151 can obtain the impedance information of the target tissue and send the impedance information to the control module 113, and the control module 113 controls the output unit (such as the output unit 1142) to display the impedance information of the target tissue.
- the impedance information can help the user determine whether the tip of the ablation electrode is inserted into the position to be treated (i.e., the target position).
- the impedance monitoring unit 1151 may be connected to the control module 113 and the ablation electrode 120 via an electrode switching unit.
- the electrode switching unit is used to connect the ablation electrode 120 with the impedance monitoring unit 1151 or connect the ablation electrode 120 with the radio frequency module 112.
- the electrode switching unit may include a single-pole double-throw switch, such as a relay switch, an analog switch, a switch circuit, and the like.
- control module 113 may control the single-pole double-throw switch to connect the impedance monitoring unit 1151 to the ablation electrode 120 .
- control module 113 may control the single-pole double-throw switch to connect the RF module 112 to the ablation electrode 120 , so that the RF module 112 provides RF energy to the ablation electrode 120 .
- the electrode switching unit can ensure that the impedance monitoring unit 1151 and the RF module 112 are not turned on at any time, thereby avoiding device failure due to RF energy entering the impedance monitoring unit 1151.
- radiofrequency ablation treatment doctors have to perform ophthalmic surgery under a microscope while holding electrodes in their hands; in some embodiments of this specification, a foot switch is provided to control the start and stop of radiofrequency energy output, which can facilitate doctors to perform treatment operations.
- the radiofrequency ablation device can also be operated without a foot switch, in which case other operators (such as doctor's assistants) operate the radiofrequency energy control switch to control the start and stop of radiofrequency energy output; or the control switch can be set in other ways (such as on the operating handle of the ablation electrode, etc.).
- control module in response to the radiofrequency ablation apparatus being powered on normally, the control module may automatically detect whether each module of the radiofrequency ablation apparatus is operating normally.
- detecting whether the function of the radiofrequency ablation device is normal includes at least one of the following: detecting whether the foot switch and/or activation switch is abnormally started; detecting whether the state of the analog-to-digital converter of the radiofrequency ablation device is normal; detecting whether the size of the radiofrequency output frequency is normal; detecting whether the real-time clock is accurate; detecting whether the serial port communication is normal; detecting whether the power supply is normal; and detecting whether the reading and writing of the memory are normal.
- a prompt message such as "foot switch is not connected" can be output in the display interface.
- the detection of whether the foot switch is connected can be in other steps. For example, when the ablation electrode is available and the user confirms the electrode information, it can be detected whether the foot switch is connected. In some embodiments, whether the foot switch is connected can be monitored in real time throughout the ablation process. For more information about abnormal activation of the foot switch or activation switch, see above.
- the display screen in response to an abnormality in the function of each module of the radiofrequency ablation device, may display a prompt message.
- the prompt message may include an error code.
- the error code may indicate different errors detected. For example, E01-12V indicates a detection error, E04-DAC indicates an output abnormality, etc.
- the function of the radiofrequency ablation device can be detected in various ways.
- the function of one or more modules of the radiofrequency ablation device can be determined to be normal by detecting the change of current, voltage and signal.
- the output data of the ADC chip may be read through SPI communication to determine whether the state is normal.
- Detecting whether the magnitude of the RF output frequency is normal refers to the process of measuring and monitoring the frequency of the RF signal.
- a timer-capture driver module and/or a DDS (Direct Digital Synthesis) driver module may be used to achieve measurement and generation of the RF signal frequency.
- the timer-capture driver module refers to a timer module inside a microcontroller unit or a digital signal processor (DSP) that achieves measurement by capturing the time of external events.
- DSP digital signal processor
- a timer-capture driver module may be used to measure the period or pulse width of the RF signal to calculate the magnitude of the frequency; by capturing the time interval of the rising or falling edge of the RF signal, the frequency of the RF signal may be accurately calculated.
- the timer-capture driver module can measure the actual output frequency of the RF signal, and the DDS driver module can generate a RF signal of a specific frequency. The two methods can be combined to achieve accurate measurement and generation of the RF signal frequency.
- detecting whether the real-time clock is accurate may include: comparing the time of the real-time clock with the latest device recorded time, and if the time of the real-time clock is before the device recorded time, determining that the real-time clock is inaccurate. In some embodiments, in response to the real-time clock being inaccurate, reminding after-sales maintenance personnel to adjust the time.
- the display screen in response to the first use of the radiofrequency ablation instrument, can display a clock setting page.
- the user cannot set the system time at other times; if the real-time clock is inaccurate (such as the time of the real-time clock is before the device records the time), the system time needs to be set, and the after-sales maintenance personnel can be reminded to adjust the time.
- After-sales maintenance personnel or technicians can use engineering electrodes to set the time setting page; in addition, after-sales maintenance personnel can also correct some electrode information in the engineering interface (such as when the information is incorrect) and rewrite or perform other background settings.
- the engineering electrode is a type of ablation electrode, and the control module 113 can determine whether it is an engineering electrode through a variety of methods such as the access signal of the engineering electrode, the model of the engineering electrode or the verification code. It can be understood that the radiofrequency ablation instrument can calculate the life of the ablation electrode based on the system time, and the radiofrequency ablation instrument does not include the network time, so the time can only be set when it is turned on for the first time, and the time setting authority for other situations is not open to the user.
- the detection of whether the real-time clock is accurate can be achieved through the RTC chip reading function using a communication interface driver.
- detecting whether serial port communication is normal may be achieved through a serial port driver.
- the analog-to-digital converter (ADC) of the microcontroller unit can be used to monitor changes in the power supply voltage or current to determine whether the power supply is normal; for example, whether the voltage is 3.3V, 5V, 12V, etc.
- the detection of whether the reading and writing of the memory is normal can be realized by the IIC (Inter-Integrated Circuit) interface driver of the memory.
- the IIC Inter-Integrated Circuit
- the detection of whether the reading and writing of the memory is normal can be realized by performing read and write operations on the EEPROM through the IIC interface driver to verify whether the data is correct.
- detecting whether the function of the radiofrequency ablation device is normal may also include detecting the function and initialization of the touch screen.
- the function of the touch screen may include setting the touch sensitivity of the touch screen.
- initialization refers to the control module detecting and identifying the external device and establishing communication with it after the radiofrequency ablation device is turned on. Through initialization, the control module can correctly perform data exchange and control operations with the external device.
- detecting whether the function of the radiofrequency ablation device is normal may also include interruption transaction processing.
- the interruption transaction processing includes: responding to the interruption signal of the interruption entry, performing interruption number identification; the interruption number identification includes serial communication interruption tasks, timer interruption tasks and short circuit detection interruption tasks; responding to the completion of the interruption transaction processing, returning to the interruption exit.
- Interrupt transaction processing means that when the control module receives a higher priority event or request during the execution of certain tasks, it suspends the current task and processes the event or request instead.
- interrupt transaction processing may occur at various stages, such as when the radiofrequency ablation device is turned on normally, when the function of the radiofrequency ablation device is tested, or when ablation of the target tissue is performed.
- Step 1920 In response to all functions of the radiofrequency ablation apparatus being normal, detecting whether the ablation electrode connected to the radiofrequency ablation apparatus is available.
- control module 113 can verify the ablation electrode based on the electrode information obtained by the information reading module, and give a prompt in response to the ablation electrode being unavailable. In some embodiments, the control module 113 displays the electrode type and electrode life information of the ablation electrode and requests confirmation in response to the ablation electrode being available.
- Electrode information refers to information related to the ablation electrode.
- the electrode information may include the chip model, encryption information, electrode type, model, electrode validity period information, electrode life information, data verification code, etc. of the ablation electrode.
- the encrypted information refers to the information used to verify whether the electrode is a legal electrode.
- the first use time refers to the time when the ablation electrode is first connected to the radiofrequency ablation device.
- the data verification code can be used to verify that the data obtained by the input/output unit is consistent with the data in the storage chip to determine whether the ablation electrode is legal.
- the data verification code may include a CRC verification code.
- the ablation electrode is available including: the ablation electrode is not an illegal electrode, is within the validity period, and the remaining number of uses or the remaining ablation time of the ablation electrode is not 0.
- An illegal electrode refers to an electrode that cannot be matched or matched with a radiofrequency ablation device.
- the expiration date includes the expiration date on the ablation electrode package and a preset usage time range after unpacking for the first use.
- the expiration date on the ablation electrode package can be obtained from the information on the package, including the production date and the production shelf life.
- the production date refers to the date when the ablation electrode leaves the factory.
- the production shelf life refers to the time from the production date to the expiration of the ablation electrode.
- the preset use time range can reflect the interval time after the ablation electrode is used for ablation again after the last use. For example, after ablation electrode A is opened, the remaining number of uses after completing ablation of the target tissue is not 0, and the ablation end time is 10 am on December 1. To ensure aseptic operation, the preset use time range can be set to 4 hours (or 2 hours, 3 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 8 hours, etc.).
- the electrode validity period may also include the first use time and the preset use time range after the first use.
- the first use time refers to the time when the ablation electrode is first connected to the radiofrequency ablation device.
- the preset usage time range after the first use refers to the interval time during which the electrode can be used for ablation again after being unpacked for the first time.
- the electrode life information includes the number of times the electrode has been used and the number of times remaining, or the cumulative ablation time and the remaining ablation time. In some embodiments, the number of times used and the number of times remaining, or the cumulative ablation time and the remaining ablation time, can be actively updated and written into the storage chip of the ablation electrode 120 by the radiofrequency ablator 110 after each use of the ablation electrode. In some embodiments, in response to the end of each use of the ablation electrode, the cumulative ablation time in the storage chip can be increased by the time of a single ablation electrode use, and the remaining ablation time can be reduced by the time of a single ablation electrode use.
- the encryption information of the ablation electrode is constructed by symmetric encryption.
- the control module receives the encrypted information, it can decrypt the encrypted information by a key. If it cannot be decrypted or the decrypted information is incorrect, the control module can determine that the ablation electrode is an illegal electrode, and control the output unit (such as output unit 1142) to output a warning message, such as "The electrode is illegal, please replace the electrode.”
- the reasons why the ablation electrode is unavailable are different, and the content of the prompt is different. For example, if the ablation electrode fails to pass the legality verification, it can be prompted that "the electrode is not authorized” or "the electrode is illegal, please replace the electrode”; if the electrode is not within the validity period, it can be prompted separately according to the reason for not being within the validity period, such as "exceeding the preset time range for first use after unpacking", "the electrode has expired", and when the remaining number of uses of the ablation electrode or the remaining ablation time is insufficient, it can be prompted that "the electrode's usable life is 0", etc.
- Step 1950 in response to the foot switch being connected and based on the target parameters recommended by the parameter setting interface or set in the parameter setting interface, controlling the output or stopping of the radio frequency energy.
- the alternative output power can be preset based on historical experience. For example, the alternative output power can be determined based on the output power of the radio frequency signal used in the completed radio frequency ablation process. In some embodiments, the alternative output power can have a range of values (such as 0.5-9.9w), or multiple specific values.
- the treatment time refers to the treatment time at a location after each insertion when performing radiofrequency ablation on the target tissue.
- the treatment time can be obtained in a variety of ways.
- the control module 113 can provide a plurality of alternative treatment times according to the electrode type and control the output unit 1142 to display them on the display interface for the user to select.
- the selected alternative treatment time is determined as the treatment time.
- the alternative treatment time can be preset based on historical experience. For example, the alternative treatment time can be determined based on the treatment time used in the completed radiofrequency ablation process. In some embodiments, the alternative treatment time can be a time range (such as 1-20s, 10-100s, etc.), or multiple specific time values.
- the treatment mode may include a continuous treatment mode and a single treatment mode.
- the continuous treatment mode means that after the tip of the electrode needle enters the target tissue, the RF energy can be released multiple times at the same treatment position, that is, intermittently, and the corresponding treatment time is the accumulation of multiple release times.
- the single treatment mode means that after the tip of the electrode needle enters the target tissue, the RF energy is released once, and the corresponding treatment time is the release time of this RF energy.
- the treatment information may include elapsed treatment time, output power of the radio frequency signal, real-time impedance, etc.
- the treatment time refers to the time during which radiofrequency ablation has been performed at a radiofrequency ablation location.
- the control module 113 can determine the treatment time through a timer and output it through the output unit 1142 (such as the display screen 610).
- the real-time impedance can be used to characterize the real-time impedance of the target tissue.
- the control module in response to the electrode type and electrode life information of the ablation electrode being confirmed by the user, can make a target parameter recommendation based on.
- the control module can determine candidate ablation parameters based on the electrode type of the ablation electrode, and determine template parameters based on the user's input information for the candidate ablation parameters; the candidate ablation parameters include parameter values related to the recommended target parameters or user-selectable parameter ranges to improve the safety of treatment.
- the target parameters include the output duration and output power of the radio frequency energy.
- candidate ablation parameters refer to recommended ablation parameters (such as alternative treatment time, alternative radiofrequency power).
- the candidate ablation parameters may include parameter values or parameter ranges of recommended target ablation parameters.
- the input information may include user adjustment information or confirmation information for the recommended parameter value, or target parameters input by the user based on the recommended parameter range.
- the control module in response to receiving user confirmation information for the electrode, may determine the parameter value corresponding to the confirmation information as the target parameter.
- the control module 113 can recommend the treatment time, the output power of the radio frequency signal or the parameter value/parameter range of the treatment mode according to the electrode type of the ablation electrode, and control the output unit to be displayed on the display interface for the user to adjust the parameter value and confirm or input the parameter within the recommended parameter range, and use the confirmed parameter value as the determined target parameter, or use the parameter within the recommended parameter range as the confirmed target parameter.
- the parameter value related to the target parameter or the parameter range selectable by the user may not be displayed on the display interface, and the target parameter is limited to the parameter range by limiting the user's adjustment range.
- the state of the activation switch can be monitored in real time.
- a prompt is given in response to abnormal activation of the activation switch.
- the display interface can display a reminder such as "Please release the activation switch".
- the first preset condition includes that all functions of the radiofrequency ablation device are normal, the foot switch is connected and the connected ablation electrode is available, and the target parameters have been determined.
- the activation switch in response to the activation switch being activated when the first preset condition is met (all functions of the radiofrequency ablation device are normal, the foot switch is connected and the connected ablation electrode is available, and the target parameter has been determined), it is determined whether the ablation electrode has reached the target position. In some embodiments, when the ablation electrode reaches the target position, in response to the foot switch being activated, the output of the radiofrequency energy is controlled based on the target parameter.
- control module 113 in response to the user stepping on the foot switch for more than a preset time, can control the RF module 112 to start outputting RF energy.
- the preset time may include 1 second, etc.
- the control module in response to the impedance information reaching a preset value or the ablation electrode reaching a predetermined depth, it is determined that the ablation electrode has reached the target position.
- the control module can determine whether the ablation electrode has reached the target position of the eye through the impedance information detected by the impedance detection module. For example, if the impedance detection module detects the impedance information, that is, the impedance information is not 0 or is within the preset impedance threshold range, it can be determined that the ablation electrode has reached the target position and the output of the radio frequency energy can be controlled. In some embodiments, the impedance information detected by the impedance detection module can be obtained.
- the control module 113 in response to the timing reaching a preset time threshold, but the foot switch is not released, can send a warning message to the output unit to output the warning message.
- the warning message may include, for example, "Please release the foot switch”.
- the output power of the radio frequency energy is the power value that the radio frequency signal needs to meet when treating the target tissue (such as the radio frequency power set in the interface shown in Figure 23).
- Real-time impedance refers to the current impedance value of the target tissue, such as the impedance value monitored by a voltage and current feedback unit.
- the status of the foot switch can be monitored in real time, and if the foot switch is activated in a non-treatment interface (ie, activated before entering the interface shown in FIG. 24 ), a prompt is given.
- the radiofrequency ablation device in response to the end of radiofrequency ablation, can detect the remaining number of uses of the ablation electrode. If the remaining number of uses is not 0, the information such as the first use time, the number of uses, and the remaining number of uses of the ablation electrode can be actively written into the ablation electrode (such as the storage chip of the ablation electrode).
- the process of the control module controlling the output or stopping of the RF energy further includes: when the impedance suddenly changes, controlling the RF energy to stop outputting; or, in response to the foot switch being released, or the activation switch being closed, or the timing reaching the output time of the RF energy, automatically stopping the output of the RF energy. For this part, see FIG. 19 .
- Fig. 19 is an exemplary flow chart of a control method according to some other embodiments of the present specification. As shown in Fig. 19, in some embodiments, process 900 may include the following steps, which may be executed by a control module.
- Step 910 in response to the radiofrequency ablation device being turned on, detecting whether the function of the radiofrequency ablation device is normal.
- Step 920 In response to the radiofrequency ablation device functioning normally, determine the availability of the ablation electrode.
- the user can connect the ablation electrode.
- the RF ablation device can obtain the electrode information of the connected ablation electrode.
- the RF ablation device can obtain the electrode information of the connected ablation electrode, such as the electrode type, encryption information, and data verification code, through the information reading module 116, and transmit the electrode information to the control module 113.
- the control module 113 can determine whether the ablation electrode is available based on the electrode information.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Radiology & Medical Imaging (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
- Surgical Instruments (AREA)
Abstract
Description
交叉引用Cross-references
本申请引用于2023年12月29日申请的申请号为202311851506.9名称为“一种眼科射频消融系统”和2023年12月29日申请的申请号为202311850706.2名称为“一种眼部射频消融仪及其控制方法”的中国发明专利申请,他们通过引用被全部并入本申请。This application refers to the Chinese invention patent applications No. 202311851506.9 filed on December 29, 2023 and entitled “A Ophthalmic Radiofrequency Ablation System” and No. 202311850706.2 filed on December 29, 2023 and entitled “A Ocular Radiofrequency Ablation Device and Its Control Method”, which are all incorporated into this application by reference.
本说明书涉及眼部治疗领域,特别涉及一种眼科射频消融系统、射频消融仪及其控制方法。The present specification relates to the field of eye treatment, and in particular to an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system, a radiofrequency ablation apparatus and a control method thereof.
射频消融技术主要通过对生物体的热效应作用实施消融,当射频电流流经人体组织时,因电磁场的快速变化使组织内带极性的水分子高速运动,产生热量(即内生热效应),致使细胞内外水分蒸发、干燥、固缩脱落以致无菌性坏死,从而达到治疗的目的。Radiofrequency ablation technology mainly implements ablation through the thermal effect on the biological body. When radiofrequency current flows through human tissue, the rapid change of the electromagnetic field causes the polar water molecules in the tissue to move at high speed, generating heat (i.e. endogenous thermal effect), causing the water inside and outside the cells to evaporate, dry, shrink and fall off, resulting in aseptic necrosis, thereby achieving the purpose of treatment.
眼部由于组织结构较小,对射频消融的电极、消融精度、临床可操作性、治疗安全性等有更高的要求,目前并无成熟应用于眼部组织的射频消融技术。Due to the smaller tissue structure of the eye, higher requirements are placed on radiofrequency ablation electrodes, ablation accuracy, clinical operability, and treatment safety. Currently, there is no mature radiofrequency ablation technology for eye tissue.
因此,希望可以提供一种眼科射频消融系统,实现对眼部组织进行精确射频消融,治疗青光眼等眼部疾病的同时,使得临床操作更加便捷且安全性更高。Therefore, it is hoped that an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system can be provided to achieve precise radiofrequency ablation of ocular tissues and treat eye diseases such as glaucoma while making clinical operations more convenient and safer.
本说明书一个或多个实施例提供一种眼科射频消融系统,所述系统包括:消融电极,所述消融电极包括带有尖端的电极针和操作手柄,所述电极针安装于所述操作手柄上,所述尖端用于刺入眼部组织,以基于射频能量对所述眼部组织进行消融;射频消融主机,所述射频消融主机包括电源模块、控制模块、射频模块、输入/输出模块、阻抗检测模块和信息读取模块;其中,所述射频模块被配置为,当所述消融电极与所述射频消融主机电连接后,基于所述控制模块发送的控制指令产生射频信号,以为所述消融电极提供所述射频能量;所述阻抗检测模块被配置为,在消融过程中检测所述眼部组织的阻抗信息,并将所述阻抗信息传输至所述控制模块;以及所述信息读取模块被配置为,当所述消融电极与所述射频消融主机电连接后,获取所述消融电极的电极信息,并将所述电极信息传输给所述控制模块,和/或将所述控制模块记录的消融电极的使用信息写入所述消融电极;所述电源模块被配置为,为所述控制模块、射频模块、输入/输出模块以及与所述控制模块通信的各模块供电。One or more embodiments of the present specification provide an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system, the system comprising: an ablation electrode, the ablation electrode comprising an electrode needle with a tip and an operating handle, the electrode needle being mounted on the operating handle, the tip being used to penetrate into eye tissue to ablate the eye tissue based on radiofrequency energy; a radiofrequency ablation host, the radiofrequency ablation host comprising a power module, a control module, a radiofrequency module, an input/output module, an impedance detection module and an information reading module; wherein the radiofrequency module is configured to generate a radiofrequency signal based on a control instruction sent by the control module when the ablation electrode is electrically connected to the radiofrequency ablation host , so as to provide the RF energy to the ablation electrode; the impedance detection module is configured to detect the impedance information of the eye tissue during the ablation process and transmit the impedance information to the control module; and the information reading module is configured to, when the ablation electrode is electrically connected to the RF ablation host, obtain the electrode information of the ablation electrode, and transmit the electrode information to the control module, and/or write the usage information of the ablation electrode recorded by the control module into the ablation electrode; the power supply module is configured to supply power to the control module, the RF module, the input/output module and each module communicating with the control module.
本说明书一个或多个实施例提供一种眼科射频消融系统,所述系统包括:射频消融主机,用于提供射频能量;与所述射频消融主机连接的附件,所述附件包括脚踏开关和消融电极;所述脚踏开关用于控制所述射频能量的输出和停止,所述消融电极用于基于所述射频能量进行消融;其中,所述消融电极包括:电极针,所述电极针整体呈柱体状,其横截面沿径向方向从内到外依次包括电极内极、第一绝缘层、电极外极、第二绝缘层,所述电极内极、第一绝缘层、电极外极以及第二绝缘层的前端的外表面对应形成内极区域、第一绝缘区域、外极区域以及第二绝缘区域,所述消融电极连接所述射频消融主机后,所述内极区域与所述外极区域之间产生消融波;以及调节组件,所述调节组件插入所述电极针的外表面,且可相对所述电极针的轴向移动,用于调节所述电极针外露于所述调节组件的长度。One or more embodiments of the present specification provide an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system, the system comprising: a radiofrequency ablation host for providing radiofrequency energy; accessories connected to the radiofrequency ablation host, the accessories comprising a foot switch and an ablation electrode; the foot switch is used to control the output and stop of the radiofrequency energy, and the ablation electrode is used to perform ablation based on the radiofrequency energy; wherein the ablation electrode comprises: an electrode needle, the electrode needle is cylindrical as a whole, and its cross-section comprises an electrode inner pole, a first insulating layer, an electrode outer pole, and a second insulating layer from the inside to the outside in the radial direction, the outer surfaces of the front ends of the electrode inner pole, the first insulating layer, the electrode outer pole, and the second insulating layer correspondingly form an inner pole region, a first insulating region, an outer pole region, and a second insulating region, and after the ablation electrode is connected to the radiofrequency ablation host, an ablation wave is generated between the inner pole region and the outer pole region; and an adjustment component, the adjustment component is inserted into the outer surface of the electrode needle and can move relative to the axial direction of the electrode needle, and is used to adjust the length of the electrode needle exposed from the adjustment component.
本实施例中提供的包括消融电极和射频消融主机的眼科射频消融系统,能够对不同的眼部组织进行精准地射频消融治疗,同时简化了用户的操作步骤和操作难度,使得射频消融治疗过程更加简单快捷,还可以判断是否满足射频消融的条件,保证射频消融治疗过程的安全性和规范性。The ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system provided in this embodiment, which includes an ablation electrode and a radiofrequency ablation host, can perform accurate radiofrequency ablation treatment on different eye tissues, while simplifying the user's operating steps and operating difficulty, making the radiofrequency ablation treatment process simpler and faster. It can also determine whether the conditions for radiofrequency ablation are met, thereby ensuring the safety and standardization of the radiofrequency ablation treatment process.
本说明书一个或多个实施例中还提供一种眼部射频消融仪,用于为与其连接的消融电极提供射频能量。所述眼部射频消融仪包括:控制模块、射频模块、阻抗检测模块和信息读取模块;控制模块用于与射频模块、阻抗检测模块和信息读取模块通信,以控制射频消融仪产生所述射频能量;所述射频模块用于基于所述控制模块的控制指令产生射频能量;所述射频模块包括射频功率电源、射频信号源和功率放大模块,其中:所述射频功率电源与所述控制模块和功率放大模块连接,用于为所述射频能量的产生提供电能;所述射频信号源与所述控制模块和功率放大模块连接,用于基于所述控制指令产生射频信号;所述功率放大模块用于基于所述射频信号和所述电能生成交流电射频能量;所述阻抗检测模块用于检测所述射频能量输出前、输出过程中或输出结束后的阻抗信息;所述信息读取模块用于当消融电极与所述射频消融仪连接时,获取所述消融电极的电极信息。In one or more embodiments of the present specification, an ocular radiofrequency ablation device is also provided, which is used to provide radiofrequency energy to the ablation electrode connected thereto. The ocular radiofrequency ablation device includes: a control module, a radiofrequency module, an impedance detection module and an information reading module; the control module is used to communicate with the radiofrequency module, the impedance detection module and the information reading module to control the radiofrequency ablation device to generate the radiofrequency energy; the radiofrequency module is used to generate radiofrequency energy based on the control instruction of the control module; the radiofrequency module includes a radiofrequency power supply, a radiofrequency signal source and a power amplifier module, wherein: the radiofrequency power supply is connected to the control module and the power amplifier module to provide electrical energy for the generation of the radiofrequency energy; the radiofrequency signal source is connected to the control module and the power amplifier module to generate radiofrequency signals based on the control instructions; the power amplifier module is used to generate alternating current radiofrequency energy based on the radiofrequency signal and the electrical energy; the impedance detection module is used to detect the impedance information before, during or after the output of the radiofrequency energy; the information reading module is used to obtain the electrode information of the ablation electrode when the ablation electrode is connected to the radiofrequency ablation device.
在一些实施例中,所述控制模块进一步用于:基于所述信息读取模块获取的所述电极信息,对所述消融电极进行验证;响应于所述消融电极不可用,进行提示;或响应于所述消融电极可用,展示所述消融电极的电极类型和电极寿命信息并请求确认。In some embodiments, the control module is further used to: verify the ablation electrode based on the electrode information obtained by the information reading module; give a prompt in response to the ablation electrode being unavailable; or display the electrode type and electrode life information of the ablation electrode and request confirmation in response to the ablation electrode being available.
在一些实施例中,所述消融电极可用包括:所述消融电极不是非法电极且处于有效期限内且消融电极剩余使用次数或剩余可消融时长不为0。In some embodiments, the ablation electrode is available including: the ablation electrode is not an illegal electrode and is within the validity period and the remaining number of uses or the remaining ablation time of the ablation electrode is not zero.
在一些实施例中,所述有效期限包括所述消融电极包装上的有效期限和拆封首次使用后的预设使用时间范围,所述电极寿命信息包括电极已使用次数和剩余使用次数,或者已消融累计时长和剩余可消融时长。In some embodiments, the expiration date includes the expiration date on the ablation electrode package and a preset usage time range after unpacking and first use, and the electrode life information includes the number of times the electrode has been used and the number of remaining uses, or the accumulated ablation time and the remaining ablation time.
在一些实施例中,所述眼部射频消融仪还包括脚踏开关接口,用于连接脚踏开关,所述控制模块进一步用于:响应于所述消融电极的电极类型和电极寿命信息被确认,检测所述脚踏开关是否连接;响应于所述脚踏开关未连接,进行提示;以及响应于所述脚踏开关连接或用户点击提示界面中确认按钮,进入参数设置界面。In some embodiments, the ocular radiofrequency ablation device also includes a foot switch interface for connecting a foot switch, and the control module is further used to: in response to the electrode type and electrode life information of the ablation electrode being confirmed, detect whether the foot switch is connected; in response to the foot switch being not connected, give a prompt; and in response to the foot switch being connected or the user clicking a confirmation button in the prompt interface, enter a parameter setting interface.
在一些实施例中,所述控制模块进一步用于:响应于所述消融电极的电极类型和电极寿命信息经用户确认,进行目标参数推荐;优选地,基于所述消融电极的电极类型,推荐与所述目标参数相关的参数值或用户可选的参数范围;优选地,所述目标参数包括所述射频能量的输出时长和输出功率。In some embodiments, the control module is further used to: recommend target parameters in response to user confirmation of the electrode type and electrode life information of the ablation electrode; preferably, based on the electrode type of the ablation electrode, recommend parameter values or user-selectable parameter ranges related to the target parameters; preferably, the target parameters include the output duration and output power of the radio frequency energy.
在一些实施例中,所述眼部射频消融仪还包括激活开关,所述控制模块进一步用于:响应于所述激活开关异常启动,进行提示;所述激活开关异常启动包括:所述激活开关在未满足第一预设条件时启动,所述第一预设条件包括所述射频消融仪的所有功能均正常,所述脚踏开关已连接,所述消融电极可用且目标参数已确定。In some embodiments, the ocular radiofrequency ablation device also includes an activation switch, and the control module is further used to: give a prompt in response to abnormal activation of the activation switch; the abnormal activation of the activation switch includes: the activation switch is activated when a first preset condition is not met, and the first preset condition includes that all functions of the radiofrequency ablation device are normal, the foot switch is connected, the ablation electrode is available and the target parameters have been determined.
在一些实施例中,所述控制模块进一步用于:响应于所述激活开关在满足所述第一预设条件时启动,进入治疗界面;所述治疗界面显示的信息包括电极状态、电极类型、电极寿命、射频能量的输出时长、实时治疗时间、射频能量的输出功率、阻抗信息中的至少一种;优选地,所述治疗界面显示的信息包括电极状态、电极类型、电极寿命信息、射频能量的输出功率、射频能量的输出时长、实时治疗时间和实时阻抗。In some embodiments, the control module is further used to: enter a treatment interface in response to the activation switch being activated when the first preset condition is met; the information displayed on the treatment interface includes at least one of electrode status, electrode type, electrode life, output duration of radio frequency energy, real-time treatment time, output power of radio frequency energy, and impedance information; preferably, the information displayed on the treatment interface includes electrode status, electrode type, electrode life information, output power of radio frequency energy, output duration of radio frequency energy, real-time treatment time, and real-time impedance.
在一些实施例中,所述控制模块进一步用于:响应于所述脚踏开关异常启动,进行提示;所述脚踏开关异常启动包括:所述脚踏开关在未满足第二预设条件时启动;所述第二预设条件包括所述射频消融仪进入所述治疗界面。In some embodiments, the control module is further used to: give a prompt in response to abnormal activation of the foot switch; the abnormal activation of the foot switch includes: the foot switch is activated when a second preset condition is not met; the second preset condition includes the radiofrequency ablation device entering the treatment interface.
本说明书一个或多个实施例中提供一种控制方法,用于射频消融仪;所述方法包括:响应于所述射频消融仪开机,检测所述射频消融仪的功能是否正常;响应于所述射频消融仪的所有功能均正常,检测与所述射频消融仪连接的消融电极是否可用;响应于所述消融电极可用且电极信息已被确认,进入参数设置界面;响应于所述消融电极可用在所述电极信息被确认前或确认后,检测脚踏开关是否连接;响应于所述脚踏开关已连接且基于所述参数设置界面推荐或在所述参数设置界面设定的目标参数,控制射频能量的输出或停止。One or more embodiments of the present specification provide a control method for a radiofrequency ablation instrument; the method includes: in response to the radiofrequency ablation instrument being turned on, detecting whether the function of the radiofrequency ablation instrument is normal; in response to all functions of the radiofrequency ablation instrument being normal, detecting whether the ablation electrode connected to the radiofrequency ablation instrument is available; in response to the ablation electrode being available and the electrode information being confirmed, entering a parameter setting interface; in response to the ablation electrode being available before or after the electrode information is confirmed, detecting whether a foot switch is connected; in response to the foot switch being connected and based on the target parameters recommended by the parameter setting interface or set in the parameter setting interface, controlling the output or stopping of radiofrequency energy.
在一些实施例中,检测所述射频消融仪的功能是否正常包括以下中至少一项:检测所述脚踏开关和/或激活开关是否异常启动;检测所述射频消融仪的模数转换器的状态是否正常;检测射频输出频率的大小是否正常;检测实时时钟是否准确;检测串口通信是否正常;检测电源是否正常;以及检测存储器的读写是否正常。In some embodiments, detecting whether the function of the radio frequency ablation device is normal includes at least one of the following: detecting whether the foot switch and/or activation switch is abnormally started; detecting whether the state of the analog-to-digital converter of the radio frequency ablation device is normal; detecting whether the size of the radio frequency output frequency is normal; detecting whether the real-time clock is accurate; detecting whether the serial port communication is normal; detecting whether the power supply is normal; and detecting whether the reading and writing of the memory are normal.
在一些实施例中,所述检测实时时钟是否准确包括:将所述实时时钟的时间与最新的设备记录时间进行比较,若所述实时时钟的时间在所述设备记录时间之前,确定所述实时时钟不准确;和/或响应于所述实时时钟不准确,提醒售后维护人员对所述时间进行调整。In some embodiments, detecting whether the real-time clock is accurate includes: comparing the time of the real-time clock with the latest device recorded time, if the time of the real-time clock is before the device recorded time, determining that the real-time clock is inaccurate; and/or in response to the real-time clock being inaccurate, reminding after-sales maintenance personnel to adjust the time.
在一些实施例中,所述基于所述参数设置界面推荐或在所述参数设置界面设定的目标参数,控制射频能量的输出或停止进一步包括:响应于所述激活开关在满足第一预设条件时启动,判断所述消融电极是否到达目标位置;响应于阻抗信息达到预设值或所述消融电极到达预定深度,确定所述消融电极到达所述目标位置;以及当所述消融电极到达所述目标位置时,响应于所述脚踏开关启动,基于所述目标参数控制所述射频能量的输出。In some embodiments, controlling the output or stopping of RF energy based on the target parameters recommended by the parameter setting interface or set in the parameter setting interface further includes: judging whether the ablation electrode has reached the target position in response to the activation switch being activated when a first preset condition is met; determining that the ablation electrode has reached the target position in response to impedance information reaching a preset value or the ablation electrode reaching a predetermined depth; and when the ablation electrode reaches the target position, controlling the output of RF energy based on the target parameters in response to the foot switch being activated.
在一些实施例中,在控制所述射频能量的输出或停止的过程中进一步包括:当阻抗发生突变时,控制所述射频能量停止输出;或者,响应于所述脚踏开关释放、或所述激活开关关闭、或计时达到射频能量的输出时长时,自动停止所述射频能量的输出。In some embodiments, the process of controlling the output or stopping of the RF energy further includes: controlling the RF energy to stop outputting when the impedance suddenly changes; or automatically stopping the RF energy output in response to the foot switch being released, or the activation switch being turned off, or the timing reaching the output duration of the RF energy.
本说明书一个或多个实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述存储介质存储计算机指令,当计算机读取存储介质中的计算机指令后,计算机执行如前所述的控方法。One or more embodiments of the present specification provide a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the storage medium stores computer instructions. When a computer reads the computer instructions in the storage medium, the computer executes the control method as described above.
本实施例中提供的眼部射频消融仪以及控制方法,能够对不同的眼部组织进行精准地眼部射频消融治疗以治疗青光眼等眼部疾病,能够与消融电极连接并对消融电极的存储信息进行读取,对治疗过程的阻抗变化进行实时监测,使得射频消融治疗过程更加简单快捷,还可以判断是否满足射频消融的条件,保证射频消融治疗过程的安全性和规范性,同时简化了用户的操作步骤和操作难度。The ocular radiofrequency ablation device and control method provided in this embodiment can perform accurate ocular radiofrequency ablation treatment on different ocular tissues to treat ocular diseases such as glaucoma. It can be connected to the ablation electrode and read the stored information of the ablation electrode, and monitor the impedance changes during the treatment process in real time, making the radiofrequency ablation treatment process simpler and faster. It can also determine whether the conditions for radiofrequency ablation are met, thereby ensuring the safety and standardization of the radiofrequency ablation treatment process, while simplifying the user's operating steps and operating difficulty.
本说明书将以示例性实施例的方式进一步说明,这些示例性实施例将通过附图进行详细描述。这些实施例并非限制性的,在这些实施例中,相同的编号表示相同的结构,其中:This specification will be further described in the form of exemplary embodiments, which will be described in detail by the accompanying drawings. These embodiments are not restrictive, and in these embodiments, the same number represents the same structure, wherein:
图1是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的眼科射频消融系统的示例性示意图;FIG1 is an exemplary schematic diagram of an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图2A和2B是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的射频消融仪的台车的示例性示意图;2A and 2B are exemplary schematic diagrams of a trolley of a radiofrequency ablation apparatus according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图3是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的射频消融仪硬件结构的示例性示意图;FIG3 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a radiofrequency ablation apparatus hardware structure according to some embodiments of this specification;
图4是根据本说明书另一些实施例所示的眼科射频消融系统硬件结构的示意图;FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system according to other embodiments of the present specification;
图5是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的微控制器单元的软件/硬件示意图;FIG5 is a software/hardware schematic diagram of a microcontroller unit according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图6A和6B是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的射频消融仪结构的示例性示意图;6A and 6B are exemplary schematic diagrams of radiofrequency ablation apparatus structures according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图7是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的消融电极的示例性示意图;FIG7 is an exemplary schematic diagram of an ablation electrode according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图8A是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的电极针的示例性示意图;FIG8A is an exemplary schematic diagram of an electrode needle according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图8B是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的电极针内部结构的示例性示意图;FIG8B is an exemplary schematic diagram of the internal structure of an electrode needle according to some embodiments of this specification;
图9A是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的调节管一实施例的示意图;FIG9A is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a regulating tube according to some embodiments of this specification;
图9B是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的调节管另一实施例的示意图;FIG9B is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a regulating tube according to some embodiments of this specification;
图10是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的电极针另一实施例的示意图;FIG10 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of an electrode needle according to some embodiments of this specification;
图11是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的电极针一实施例的示意图;FIG11 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of an electrode needle according to some embodiments of this specification;
图12A是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的电极针一实施例的示意图;FIG12A is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of an electrode needle according to some embodiments of this specification;
图12B是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的电极针另一实施例的示意图;FIG12B is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of an electrode needle according to some embodiments of this specification;
图13是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的电极针一实施例的示意图;FIG13 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of an electrode needle according to some embodiments of this specification;
图14是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的消融电极的爆炸示意图;FIG14 is an exploded schematic diagram of an ablation electrode according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图15是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的消融电极中手柄端头的剖视图;FIG15 is a cross-sectional view of a handle tip of an ablation electrode according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图16是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的电极针保护帽的示例性示意图;FIG16 is an exemplary schematic diagram of an electrode needle protection cap according to some embodiments of this specification;
图17是根据本发明一种消融电极中操作手柄的分解示意图;FIG17 is an exploded schematic diagram of an operating handle in an ablation electrode according to the present invention;
图18是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的眼科射频消融方法的示例性流程图;FIG. 18 is an exemplary flow chart of an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation method according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图19是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的眼科射频消融方法的示例性示意图;FIG. 19 is an exemplary schematic diagram of an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation method according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图20是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的更换电极显示页面的示例性示意图;FIG. 20 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a display page for replacing electrodes according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图21是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的警示信息显示页面的示例性示意图;FIG21 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a warning information display page according to some embodiments of this specification;
图22是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的消融电极电连接后电极识别的确认页面的示例性示意图;FIG. 22 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a confirmation page for electrode identification after the ablation electrode is electrically connected according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图23是根据本说明书一些实施例所示治疗前的参数设置页面示意图;FIG23 is a schematic diagram of a parameter setting page before treatment according to some embodiments of this specification;
图24是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的治疗过程中的信息显示页面的示例性示意图;FIG. 24 is an exemplary schematic diagram of an information display page during a treatment process according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图25是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的系统设置页面的示例性示意图;以及FIG. 25 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a system setting page according to some embodiments of the present specification; and
图26是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的时间设置界面的示例性示意图;FIG26 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a time setting interface according to some embodiments of this specification;
图27是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的眼部射频消融仪的示例性模块图;FIG. 27 is an exemplary module diagram of an eye radiofrequency ablation apparatus according to some embodiments of the present specification;
图28是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的控制方法的示例性流程图。FIG. 28 is an exemplary flow chart of a control method according to some embodiments of the present specification.
为了更清楚地说明本说明书实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单的介绍。附图并不代表全部的实施方式。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of this specification, the following briefly introduces the drawings required for describing the embodiments. The drawings do not represent all implementation methods.
应当理解,本文使用的“系统”、“装置”、“单元”和/或“模块”是用于区分不同级别的不同组件、元件、部件、部分或装配的一种方法。如果其他词语可实现相同的目的,则可通过其他表达来替换所述词语。It should be understood that the "system", "device", "unit" and/or "module" used herein are a method for distinguishing different components, elements, parts, portions or assemblies at different levels. If other words can achieve the same purpose, the words can be replaced by other expressions.
如本说明书和权利要求书中所示,除非上下文明确提示例外情形,“一”、“一个”、“一种”和/或“该”等词并非特指单数,也可包括复数。一般说来,术语“包括”与“包含”仅提示包括已明确标识的步骤和元素,而这些步骤和元素不构成一个排它性的罗列,方法或者设备也可能包含其它的步骤或元素。As shown in this specification and claims, unless the context clearly indicates an exception, the words "a", "an", "an" and/or "the" do not refer to the singular and may also include the plural. Generally speaking, the terms "comprise" and "include" only indicate the inclusion of the steps and elements that have been clearly identified, and these steps and elements do not constitute an exclusive list. The method or device may also include other steps or elements.
本说明书的实施例中按步骤说明所执行的操作时,如无特别说明,则步骤的次序均为可调换的,步骤是可以省略的,在操作过程中也可以包括其他步骤。When the operations are performed according to the step description in the embodiments of this specification, unless otherwise specified, the order of the steps is interchangeable, the steps may be omitted, and other steps may be included in the operation process.
图1是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的眼科射频消融系统的示例性示意图。FIG. 1 is an exemplary schematic diagram of an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system according to some embodiments of the present specification.
如图1所示,在一些实施例中,眼科射频消融系统100可以包括射频消融主机110(也即射频消融仪110)、消融电极120以及连接器130。As shown in FIG. 1 , in some embodiments, an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system 100 may include a radiofrequency ablation host 110 (ie, a radiofrequency ablation device 110 ), an ablation electrode 120 , and a connector 130 .
在一些实施例中,消融电极120可以包括带有尖端的电极针和操作手柄。其中,电极针安装于操作手柄上;所述尖端可以用于刺入眼部组织,以基于射频能量对眼部组织进行消融。其中,眼部组织是指需要进行射频消融的组织部位。例如,眼部组织可以包括睫状体、小梁网、虹膜及巩膜。关于消融电极的更多详细内容可参见图7-图17中描述。In some embodiments, the ablation electrode 120 may include an electrode needle with a tip and an operating handle. The electrode needle is mounted on the operating handle; the tip can be used to penetrate into the eye tissue to ablate the eye tissue based on radio frequency energy. The eye tissue refers to the tissue part that needs to be ablated by radio frequency. For example, the eye tissue may include the ciliary body, trabecular meshwork, iris and sclera. For more details about the ablation electrode, please refer to the description in Figures 7 to 17.
射频消融仪110被配置为当消融电极与射频消融主机电连接后,为消融电极提供射频能量。在一些实施例中,消融主机110可以包括控制模块、射频模块、输入/输出模块、阻抗检测模块和信息读取模块。其中,控制模块可以被配置为对消融主机110进行控制,以实现对眼部组织的消融。射频模块可以被配置为,当消融电极120与射频消融主机110电连接后,基于控制模块发送的控制指令产生射频信号,以为消融电极120提供射频能量。阻抗检测模块可以被配置为,在消融过程中检测眼部组织的阻抗信息,并将阻抗信息传输至控制模块,以便控制模块基于阻抗信息的变化发出相应的控制指令(如控制射频模块开始或停止射频能量的输出、控制输入/输出模块输出警示信息等)。信息读取模块可以被配置为,当消融电极120与射频消融主机110电连接后,获取消融电极的电极信息,并将电极信息传输给控制模块,以便控制模块基于电极信息判断消融电极是否可用。信息读取模块还可以被配置为将射频消融主机110记录的消融电极的使用信息写入相应的消融电极。关于射频消融主机的更多详细内容可以参见图3-图6B中描述。The radiofrequency ablation device 110 is configured to provide radiofrequency energy to the ablation electrode after the ablation electrode is electrically connected to the radiofrequency ablation host. In some embodiments, the ablation host 110 may include a control module, a radiofrequency module, an input/output module, an impedance detection module, and an information reading module. Among them, the control module can be configured to control the ablation host 110 to achieve ablation of eye tissue. The radiofrequency module can be configured to generate a radiofrequency signal based on the control instruction sent by the control module after the ablation electrode 120 is electrically connected to the radiofrequency ablation host 110, so as to provide radiofrequency energy to the ablation electrode 120. The impedance detection module can be configured to detect the impedance information of the eye tissue during the ablation process, and transmit the impedance information to the control module, so that the control module issues corresponding control instructions based on the change of impedance information (such as controlling the radiofrequency module to start or stop the output of radiofrequency energy, controlling the input/output module to output warning information, etc.). The information reading module can be configured to obtain the electrode information of the ablation electrode after the ablation electrode 120 is electrically connected to the RF ablation host 110, and transmit the electrode information to the control module so that the control module can determine whether the ablation electrode is available based on the electrode information. The information reading module can also be configured to write the usage information of the ablation electrode recorded by the RF ablation host 110 into the corresponding ablation electrode. For more details about the RF ablation host, please refer to the description in Figures 3 to 6B.
连接器130被配置为连接消融电极120和射频消融主机110。其中,连接器130可以包括航插头、N型连接器、SMA连接器等。The connector 130 is configured to connect the ablation electrode 120 and the radiofrequency ablation host 110. The connector 130 may include an aviation plug, an N-type connector, an SMA connector, and the like.
在一些实施例中,眼科射频消融系统100还可以包括脚踏开关。脚踏开关可以通过线缆与射频消融主机110连接,用于控制射频能量的输出和停止。例如,脚踏开关可以与线缆一端连接,线缆另一端通过插头插入射频消融主机110上的脚踏开关接口(如图6A或6B中脚踏开关接口664),从而与射频消融主机110电连接。当脚踏开关与射频消融主机110电连接,若满足射频能量输出条件(如消融电极可用,消融参数确定,消融电极到达目标位置且射频消融主机无其他错误等),用户可以通过踩踏脚踏开关控制射频能量输出,释放脚踏开关控制射频能量停止输出。In some embodiments, the ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system 100 may further include a foot switch. The foot switch may be connected to the radiofrequency ablation host 110 via a cable to control the output and stop of radiofrequency energy. For example, the foot switch may be connected to one end of the cable, and the other end of the cable may be plugged into a foot switch interface (such as the foot switch interface 664 in FIG. 6A or 6B) on the radiofrequency ablation host 110, thereby being electrically connected to the radiofrequency ablation host 110. When the foot switch is electrically connected to the radiofrequency ablation host 110, if the radiofrequency energy output conditions are met (such as the ablation electrode is available, the ablation parameters are determined, the ablation electrode reaches the target position, and there are no other errors in the radiofrequency ablation host, etc.), the user may control the radiofrequency energy output by stepping on the foot switch, and release the foot switch to control the radiofrequency energy to stop outputting.
在一些实施例中,如图2A或2B所示,眼科射频消融系统100还可以包括台车140。台车140被配置为承载射频消融主机110。在一些实施例中,射频消融主机110可以固定安装或可拆卸安装在台车140上。当射频消融主机110安装在台车140上时,通过移动台车140可以拖动射频消融主机移动(如移动到用户所在位置)。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 2A or 2B, the ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system 100 may further include a trolley 140. The trolley 140 is configured to carry the radiofrequency ablation host 110. In some embodiments, the radiofrequency ablation host 110 may be fixedly mounted or detachably mounted on the trolley 140. When the radiofrequency ablation host 110 is mounted on the trolley 140, the radiofrequency ablation host may be dragged to move (e.g., to the user's location) by moving the trolley 140.
如图2A或2B所示,在一些实施例中,台车140可以包括前拉手210、后部推柄220和储物盒230、线缆挂钩、车身和脚轮等。前拉手210可以设于台车140的前端,用以拉动台车,从而带动其上安装的射频消融主机110移动。后部推柄220可以设于台车140的后端,用以推动台车140移动。储物盒230可以设于台车140的后端底部,用以放置物品(如线缆、文件、口罩、手套、患者携带物等)。在一些实施例中,储物收纳盒230也可以设置在台车140的前端或侧面。其中,台车的前端可以指射频消融主机110安装在台车140上后,射频消融主机110的显示界面所在的一侧;相应地,后端指与前端相对的一侧。线缆挂钩的结构可以包括挂线轴和挡板;线缆绕在挂线轴上,挡板用于避免线缆掉落。车身指台车的主体部分,车身可以为台车提供稳定重心、支撑射频消融仪等作用。脚轮指为台车提供的移动功能的结构。脚轮可以包括固定式脚轮、刹车式脚轮和万向脚轮等。在一些实施例中,前侧脚轮可以为2个万向脚轮,后侧脚轮可以为2个刹车式脚轮。As shown in FIG. 2A or 2B, in some embodiments, the trolley 140 may include a front handle 210, a rear push handle 220, a storage box 230, a cable hook, a body and casters. The front handle 210 may be provided at the front end of the trolley 140 to pull the trolley, thereby driving the RF ablation host 110 installed thereon to move. The rear push handle 220 may be provided at the rear end of the trolley 140 to push the trolley 140 to move. The storage box 230 may be provided at the rear end bottom of the trolley 140 to place items (such as cables, documents, masks, gloves, patient belongings, etc.). In some embodiments, the storage box 230 may also be provided at the front end or side of the trolley 140. Among them, the front end of the trolley may refer to the side where the display interface of the RF ablation host 110 is located after the RF ablation host 110 is installed on the trolley 140; accordingly, the rear end refers to the side opposite to the front end. The structure of the cable hook may include a wire hanging shaft and a baffle; the cable is wound around the wire hanging shaft, and the baffle is used to prevent the cable from falling. The body refers to the main part of the trolley, and the body can provide the trolley with functions such as stabilizing the center of gravity and supporting the radiofrequency ablation device. The caster refers to a structure that provides a mobile function for the trolley. The caster may include a fixed caster, a brake caster, and a universal caster. In some embodiments, the front casters may be two universal casters, and the rear casters may be two brake casters.
如图2B所示,在一些实施例中,台车140还可以包括锁定件240,用于固定射频消融主机。如图2B中所示,锁定件240可以设置在台车140的平台250上方,且平台250的底部设置有与锁定件240连接的旋钮。射频消融主机上可以设置有与锁定件240匹配的固定结构(如固定结构650),通过旋转旋钮可以使锁定件240与固定结构锁定或解锁,从而使射频消融主机110与台车140固定或分离。在一些实施例中,锁定件240可以包括长方体、正方体、不规则体等各种合理的形状,本说明书对此不做具体限制。在一些实施例中,固定结构可以包括锁定件和锁定孔,锁定件在锁定孔内旋转,以固定或拆卸射频消融仪。锁定件和锁定孔可以分别设置在射频消融仪底部和台车上。固定结构的形式也可以是其他能将射频消融仪110与台车固定的结构。例如,固定结构为卡扣结构,包括弹性件和凹槽,分别设置在射频消融仪110和台车上,通过弹性件的形变与凹槽固定。As shown in FIG2B , in some embodiments, the trolley 140 may further include a locking member 240 for fixing the RF ablation mainframe. As shown in FIG2B , the locking member 240 may be arranged above the platform 250 of the trolley 140, and a knob connected to the locking member 240 is arranged at the bottom of the platform 250. A fixing structure (such as a fixing structure 650) matching the locking member 240 may be arranged on the RF ablation mainframe, and the locking member 240 may be locked or unlocked with the fixing structure by rotating the knob, so that the RF ablation mainframe 110 is fixed or separated from the trolley 140. In some embodiments, the locking member 240 may include various reasonable shapes such as a cuboid, a cube, an irregular body, etc., and this specification does not make specific restrictions on this. In some embodiments, the fixing structure may include a locking member and a locking hole, and the locking member rotates in the locking hole to fix or disassemble the RF ablation instrument. The locking member and the locking hole may be arranged at the bottom of the RF ablation instrument and on the trolley, respectively. The form of the fixing structure may also be other structures that can fix the RF ablation instrument 110 to the trolley. For example, the fixing structure is a snap-fit structure, including an elastic member and a groove, which are respectively arranged on the radiofrequency ablation device 110 and the trolley, and are fixed to the groove through deformation of the elastic member.
图3是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的射频消融主机硬件结构的示例性示意图。FIG. 3 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a radiofrequency ablation host hardware structure according to some embodiments of the present specification.
如图3所示,在一些实施例中,射频消融主机110可以包括射频模块112、控制模块113、输入/输出模块114、阻抗检测模块115和信息读取模块116。As shown in FIG. 3 , in some embodiments, the RF ablation host 110 may include a RF module 112 , a control module 113 , an input/output module 114 , an impedance detection module 115 , and an information reading module 116 .
控制模块113被配置为对射频消融主机110进行控制,以对眼部组织进行射频消融。The control module 113 is configured to control the RF ablation host 110 to perform RF ablation on eye tissue.
在一些实施例中,控制模块113可以与射频消融主机110中的射频模块112、输入/输出模块114、阻抗检测模块115和信息读取模块116通信连接。控制模块113可以从与其连接的模块中读取信息或发送控制指令,以实现对射频消融主机110的控制。例如,控制模块113可以从输入/输出模块114读取消融参数,基于消融参数控制射频模块112进行射频能量输出。又例如,控制模块113可以接收阻抗检测模块115检测到的眼部组织的阻抗信息,并基于阻抗信息判断消融电极是否到达眼部的目标位置。又例如,控制模块113可以接收信息读取模块116获取的消融电极的电极信息,基于电极信息判断消融电极是否可用,若可用则控制输入/输出模块114(如显示屏610)输出电极信息;若不可用,则控制输入/输出模块114输出警示信息(如“电极验证失败请更换电极”、“电极寿命结束请更换电极”等)。又例如,控制模块113可以检测射频消融主机和/或其附件(如脚踏开关、消融电极)的运行状态,判断警示或错误的发生,并通过输入/输出模块114输出警示信息或提示声音。关于此部分内容可以参见下述相关描述。In some embodiments, the control module 113 can be connected to the RF module 112, the input/output module 114, the impedance detection module 115 and the information reading module 116 in the RF ablation host 110. The control module 113 can read information or send control instructions from the modules connected to it to realize the control of the RF ablation host 110. For example, the control module 113 can read the ablation parameters from the input/output module 114, and control the RF module 112 to output RF energy based on the ablation parameters. For another example, the control module 113 can receive the impedance information of the eye tissue detected by the impedance detection module 115, and determine whether the ablation electrode reaches the target position of the eye based on the impedance information. For another example, the control module 113 can receive the electrode information of the ablation electrode obtained by the information reading module 116, and determine whether the ablation electrode is available based on the electrode information. If it is available, the input/output module 114 (such as the display screen 610) is controlled to output the electrode information; if it is not available, the input/output module 114 is controlled to output a warning message (such as "electrode verification failed, please replace the electrode", "electrode life ends, please replace the electrode", etc.). For another example, the control module 113 can detect the operating status of the RF ablation host and/or its accessories (such as a foot switch, ablation electrode), determine the occurrence of a warning or error, and output a warning message or a prompt sound through the input/output module 114. For more information about this part, please refer to the following related description.
在一些实施例中,控制模块113可以包括微控制器单元(Microcontroller Unit,MCU)。微控制器单元可以用于实现模拟信号与数字信号的转换、串口通信、SPI(Serial Peripheral Interface)通信、IIC(Inter-Integrated Circuit)通信、信号定时捕获、定时控制、数字控制状态的识别及逻辑控制以及射频电压和电流的运算等。关于MCU的更多内容可以参见图5中描述。In some embodiments, the control module 113 may include a microcontroller unit (MCU). The microcontroller unit may be used to implement conversion between analog signals and digital signals, serial communication, SPI (Serial Peripheral Interface) communication, IIC (Inter-Integrated Circuit) communication, signal timing capture, timing control, identification of digital control states and logic control, and calculation of RF voltage and current, etc. For more information about the MCU, please refer to the description in FIG5 .
射频模块112可以被配置为当消融电极与射频消融主机110电连接后,基于控制模块113发送的控制指令产生射频信号,以为消融电极提供射频能量(如峰值在0-300V范围内的射频能量)。The RF module 112 may be configured to generate a RF signal based on a control instruction sent by the control module 113 when the ablation electrode is electrically connected to the RF ablation host 110, so as to provide RF energy (such as RF energy with a peak value in the range of 0-300V) to the ablation electrode.
在一些实施例中,如图4所示,射频模块112可以包括射频信号源1121、射频功率电源1122和功率放大模块1123。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 4 , the RF module 112 may include a RF signal source 1121 , a RF power supply 1122 , and a power amplification module 1123 .
射频信号源1121与控制模块113连接,用于基于控制模块113的控制指令产生射频信号。例如,射频信号源1121可以基于控制模块113发送的包含频率、幅值等信息的信号生成指令,产生相应频率和幅值的射频信号。在一些实施例中,射频信号源1211可以与控制模块113通过预设连接方式连接。预设连接方式可以包括电连接、通信连接等。The RF signal source 1121 is connected to the control module 113 and is used to generate a RF signal based on the control instruction of the control module 113. For example, the RF signal source 1121 can generate a RF signal of corresponding frequency and amplitude based on a signal generation instruction containing information such as frequency and amplitude sent by the control module 113. In some embodiments, the RF signal source 1211 can be connected to the control module 113 through a preset connection method. The preset connection method may include an electrical connection, a communication connection, etc.
在一些实施例中,射频信号可以包括模拟信号或数字信号。例如,射频信号源1121可以为DDS信号发生器,用于产生数字信号。又例如,射频信号源1121可以基于锁相环,通过RC电路(Resistor-Capacitance circuit)调节射频信号的参数(如频率、幅值等),产生模拟信号。基于锁相环的RC电路(Resistor-Capacitance circuit)是指基于输入信号和输出信号的相位差,调节输出信号的信号频率的电路。In some embodiments, the RF signal may include an analog signal or a digital signal. For example, the RF signal source 1121 may be a DDS signal generator for generating a digital signal. For another example, the RF signal source 1121 may be based on a phase-locked loop and adjust the parameters of the RF signal (such as frequency, amplitude, etc.) through an RC circuit (Resistor-Capacitance circuit) to generate an analog signal. A phase-locked loop-based RC circuit (Resistor-Capacitance circuit) refers to a circuit that adjusts the signal frequency of the output signal based on the phase difference between the input signal and the output signal.
在一些实施例中,射频信号的范围可以为300KHz~3MHz,例如,500KHz、700KHz、900KHz、1MHz、2MHz等。In some embodiments, the RF signal may be in the range of 300 KHz to 3 MHz, for example, 500 KHz, 700 KHz, 900 KHz, 1 MHz, 2 MHz, etc.
在一些实施例中,射频信号可以包括弱电波形、方波、正弦波以及三角波。In some embodiments, the radio frequency signal may include a weak current waveform, a square wave, a sine wave, and a triangle wave.
射频功率电源1122与控制模块114和功率放大模块1123连接,用于为射频能量的产生提供电能。在一些实施例中,射频功率电源可以产生电压范围包括0~80V的直流电,例如,10V、30V、50V、80V等。The RF power supply 1122 is connected to the control module 114 and the power amplifier module 1123 to provide electrical energy for the generation of RF energy. In some embodiments, the RF power supply can generate direct current with a voltage range of 0 to 80V, for example, 10V, 30V, 50V, 80V, etc.
在一些实施例中,射频功率电源1122可以包括电压可调电源。In some embodiments, RF power supply 1122 may include a voltage adjustable power supply.
电压可调电源,也称压控电源,被配置为基于控制模块113发送的控制指令将电压调整为目标值,以便射频模块112产生预定输出功率的射频信号。示例性地,用户设定射频信号的输出功率后,控制模块113可以根据射频信号的输出功率,调整本次消融的电压可调电源的电压,以使射频功率电源1122输出的电能能够通过功率放大模块形成射频消融所需的射频能量。The voltage-adjustable power supply, also known as a voltage-controlled power supply, is configured to adjust the voltage to a target value based on the control instruction sent by the control module 113 so that the RF module 112 generates a RF signal with a predetermined output power. Exemplarily, after the user sets the output power of the RF signal, the control module 113 can adjust the voltage of the voltage-adjustable power supply for this ablation according to the output power of the RF signal, so that the electric energy output by the RF power supply 1122 can form the RF energy required for RF ablation through the power amplifier module.
在一些实施例中,射频功率电源1122可以采用固定电压的电源。此种情况下,射频模块112可以通过调整射频信号源1121的输出参数(如频率、幅值等)来调节控制射频信号的输出功率,或者通过调整功率放大模块1123的放大功率参数来控制射频信号的输出功率。In some embodiments, the RF power supply 1122 may be a fixed voltage power supply. In this case, the RF module 112 may adjust the output power of the RF signal by adjusting the output parameters (such as frequency, amplitude, etc.) of the RF signal source 1121, or by adjusting the amplification power parameters of the power amplifier module 1123 to control the output power of the RF signal.
功率放大模块1123与射频信号源1121连接,用于基于射频信号源1121输出的射频信号,将射频功率电源1122产生的电能通过放大形成射频能量。如图4所示,功率放大模块1123的一端与射频信号源1121连接,另一端与射频功率电源1122连接。在一些实施例中,射频能量可以包括交流电射频能量。The power amplifier module 1123 is connected to the RF signal source 1121, and is used to amplify the electric energy generated by the RF power supply 1122 to form RF energy based on the RF signal output by the RF signal source 1121. As shown in FIG4, one end of the power amplifier module 1123 is connected to the RF signal source 1121, and the other end is connected to the RF power supply 1122. In some embodiments, the RF energy may include AC RF energy.
在一些实施例中,功率放大模块1123可以将射频功率电源产生的直流电在射频信号源所输出的射频信号下,通过放大形成变化的交流电射频能量。In some embodiments, the power amplifier module 1123 can form changing alternating current RF energy by amplifying the direct current generated by the RF power source under the RF signal output by the RF signal source.
在一些实施例中,功率放大模块1123可以包括D类功率放大器。D类功率放大器为电子放大器,用于将低功率信号放大为高功率信号。与传统的A类、B类或AB类功率放大器相比,D类功率放大器具有更高的效率和更小的功率损耗。In some embodiments, the power amplification module 1123 may include a class D power amplifier. A class D power amplifier is an electronic amplifier for amplifying a low power signal into a high power signal. Compared with a conventional class A, class B or class AB power amplifier, a class D power amplifier has higher efficiency and less power loss.
在一些实施例中,功率放大模块1123可以通过多种方式产生射频能量。例如,功率放大模块可以通过功率开关配合变压器的方式,以预设拓扑结构完成射频能量的产生。又例如,功率放大模块可以通过功率放大器配合变压器或配合音频功放电路的方式完成射频能量的产生。其中,预设拓扑结构可以包括反激拓扑结构、推挽拓扑结构以及全桥拓扑结构。功率开关可以包括mos管、IGBT、达林顿三极管等。In some embodiments, the power amplifier module 1123 can generate radio frequency energy in a variety of ways. For example, the power amplifier module can generate radio frequency energy in a preset topology by means of a power switch in conjunction with a transformer. For another example, the power amplifier module can generate radio frequency energy by means of a power amplifier in conjunction with a transformer or in conjunction with an audio power amplifier circuit. Among them, the preset topology may include a flyback topology, a push-pull topology, and a full-bridge topology. The power switch may include a MOS tube, an IGBT, a Darlington transistor, and the like.
输入/输出模块114被配置为控制射频能量输出的开始和停止(如通过激活开关、脚踏开关等),和/或设置消融参数(如通过触摸显示屏设置),以及向用户展示治疗信息、电极信息和/或提示信息(如通过显示屏展示)。The input/output module 114 is configured to control the start and stop of RF energy output (such as by an activation switch, a foot switch, etc.), and/or set ablation parameters (such as by setting through a touch display screen), and display treatment information, electrode information and/or prompt information to the user (such as by displaying on a display screen).
在一些实施例中,如图4所示,输入/输出模块114可以包括人机交互单元(输入模块)1141和输出单元1142。其中,人机交互单元1141可以用于控制射频能量输出的开始和停止,和/或设置消融参数。输出单元1142可以用于向用户展示治疗信息、电极信息和/或提示信息。关于消融参数、治疗信息、电极信息、提示信息的说明可以参见下述相关描述。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG4 , the input/output module 114 may include a human-computer interaction unit (input module) 1141 and an output unit 1142. The human-computer interaction unit 1141 may be used to control the start and stop of RF energy output and/or set ablation parameters. The output unit 1142 may be used to display treatment information, electrode information and/or prompt information to the user. For descriptions of ablation parameters, treatment information, electrode information and prompt information, please refer to the following related descriptions.
消融参数是指与对眼部组织进行射频消融时使用的参数。在一些实施例中,消融参数可以包括射频信号的输出功率、治疗时间、治疗模式等。Ablation parameters refer to parameters used when performing radiofrequency ablation on eye tissue. In some embodiments, ablation parameters may include output power of radiofrequency signal, treatment time, treatment mode, etc.
射频消融所针对的眼部组织不同,所使用电极的电极类型不同。例如,针对不同眼部组织如睫状体、小梁网、虹膜、巩膜等的射频消融,电极的类型可以分别为睫状体电极、小梁网电极、虹膜电极、巩膜电极等。在针对不同组织进行射频消融时,其消融参数主要为上述参数。Different eye tissues are targeted by radiofrequency ablation, and different electrode types are used. For example, for radiofrequency ablation of different eye tissues such as ciliary body, trabecular meshwork, iris, sclera, etc., the electrode types can be ciliary body electrodes, trabecular meshwork electrodes, iris electrodes, sclera electrodes, etc. When radiofrequency ablation is performed on different tissues, the ablation parameters are mainly the above parameters.
在一些实施例中,射频消融主机可以自动检测识别、显示与射频消融主机连接的消融电极的电极类型并请求用户确认(参见图18),并基于电极类型推荐射频治疗的参数。通过射频消融主机自动检测识别所连接的电极类型,无需操作者选择,更安全,且可以避免操作者选错类型。In some embodiments, the RF ablation host can automatically detect and identify, display the electrode type of the ablation electrode connected to the RF ablation host, and request user confirmation (see FIG. 18 ), and recommend RF treatment parameters based on the electrode type. Automatic detection and identification of the connected electrode type by the RF ablation host eliminates the need for operator selection, which is safer and can prevent the operator from selecting the wrong type.
射频信号的输出功率反映射频消融的功率。在一些实施例中,输出功率可以在0.5-50w范围内。例如,输出功率可以为0.5-9.9w内的任意数值。在一些实施例中,可以通过多种方式获取射频信号的输出功率。例如,响应于消融电极可用及用户已确认,射频消融主机可以根据电极类型提供多个备选输出功率供用户选择或将可选的输出功率控制在推荐范围内,响应于用户通过预设输入方式选择或设置其中一个备选输出功率,将选择的备选输出功率确定为射频信号的输出功率。关于判断消融电极可用的更多说明可以参见下述相关描述。The output power of the RF signal reflects the power of RF ablation. In some embodiments, the output power can be in the range of 0.5-50W. For example, the output power can be any value in the range of 0.5-9.9W. In some embodiments, the output power of the RF signal can be obtained in a variety of ways. For example, in response to the availability of the ablation electrode and the user's confirmation, the RF ablation host can provide a plurality of alternative output powers for the user to choose according to the electrode type or control the optional output power within the recommended range. In response to the user selecting or setting one of the alternative output powers through a preset input method, the selected alternative output power is determined as the output power of the RF signal. For more instructions on determining whether the ablation electrode is available, please refer to the relevant description below.
在一些实施例中,备选输出功率可以基于历史经验及患者实际情况预先设置。例如,备选输出功率可以基于已经完成的射频消融过程中使用的射频信号的输出功率确定。在一些实施例中,备选输出功率可以为有一个范围值(如0.5-9.9w),或多个具体数值。In some embodiments, the alternative output power can be preset based on historical experience and the actual situation of the patient. For example, the alternative output power can be determined based on the output power of the radio frequency signal used in the completed radio frequency ablation process. In some embodiments, the alternative output power can have a range value (such as 0.5-9.9w), or multiple specific values.
治疗时间是指对眼部组织进行射频消融时,每刺入后在一个位置的治疗时间。在一些实施例中,可以通过多种方式获取治疗时间。例如,响应于消融电极可用,控制模块113可以根据电极类型提供多个备选治疗时间并控制输入/输出模块114展示在显示界面,以供用户选择,或者根据电极类型将可选的治疗时间控制在推荐范围内,当用户通过预设输入方式选择或设置其中一个备选治疗时间,将该选择的备选治疗时间确定为治疗时间。The treatment time refers to the treatment time at a location after each insertion when performing radiofrequency ablation on eye tissue. In some embodiments, the treatment time can be obtained in a variety of ways. For example, in response to the availability of ablation electrodes, the control module 113 can provide a plurality of alternative treatment times according to the electrode type and control the input/output module 114 to display them on the display interface for user selection, or control the optional treatment time within the recommended range according to the electrode type. When the user selects or sets one of the alternative treatment times through a preset input method, the selected alternative treatment time is determined as the treatment time.
在一些实施例中,备选治疗时间也可以基于历史经验及患者实际情况预先设置。例如,备选治疗时间可以基于已经完成的射频消融过程中使用的治疗时间确定。在一些实施例中,备选治疗时间可以为一个时间范围(如1-20s、10-100s等),或多个具体的时间值。In some embodiments, the alternative treatment time can also be pre-set based on historical experience and the actual situation of the patient. For example, the alternative treatment time can be determined based on the treatment time used in the completed radiofrequency ablation process. In some embodiments, the alternative treatment time can be a time range (such as 1-20s, 10-100s, etc.), or multiple specific time values.
在一些实施例中,治疗模式可以包括连续治疗模式和/或单次治疗模式。In some embodiments, the treatment mode may include a continuous treatment mode and/or a single treatment mode.
连续治疗模式是指电极针的尖端进入眼部组织后在同一治疗位置可进行多次射频能量的释放,即间断性地释放,对应的治疗时间为多次释放时间的累计。相应地,单次治疗模式是指电极针的尖端每进入眼部组织后进行一次射频能量的释放,对应的治疗时间为本次射频能量的释放时间。The continuous treatment mode means that after the tip of the electrode needle enters the eye tissue, the radiofrequency energy can be released multiple times at the same treatment position, that is, intermittently, and the corresponding treatment time is the accumulation of multiple release times. Correspondingly, the single treatment mode means that after the tip of the electrode needle enters the eye tissue, the radiofrequency energy is released once, and the corresponding treatment time is the release time of this radiofrequency energy.
在一些实施例中,治疗信息可以包括已治疗时间、射频信号的输出功率、实时阻抗等。In some embodiments, the treatment information may include elapsed treatment time, output power of the radio frequency signal, real-time impedance, etc.
已治疗时间是指在一个射频消融位置已经进行射频消融的时间。在一些实施例中,控制模块113可以通过计时器确定已治疗时间,并通过输入/输出模块114(如显示屏610)输出。The treatment time refers to the time that radiofrequency ablation has been performed at a radiofrequency ablation position. In some embodiments, the control module 113 can determine the treatment time through a timer and output it through the input/output module 114 (such as the display screen 610).
实时阻抗可以用于表征眼部组织的实时阻抗大小。关于实时阻抗的更多说明可以参见下述相关描述。The real-time impedance can be used to characterize the real-time impedance of the eye tissue. For more information about the real-time impedance, please refer to the following related description.
电极信息是指与消融电极相关的信息。在一些实施例中,电极信息可以包括消融电极的电极类型、电极有效期信息、电极寿命信息。优选地,电极有效期信息可以包括电极生产日期、生产保质期、首次使用时间和首次使用后的预设使用时间范围。优选地,电极寿命信息可以包括已使用次数、剩余使用次数,或已消融累计时长、剩余可消融时长。关于电极类型的说明可以参见上述相关描述。关于电极有效期信息、电极寿命信息的更多说明可以参见下述相关描述。Electrode information refers to information related to the ablation electrode. In some embodiments, the electrode information may include the electrode type, electrode validity period information, and electrode life information of the ablation electrode. Preferably, the electrode validity period information may include the electrode production date, production shelf life, first use time, and preset use time range after the first use. Preferably, the electrode life information may include the number of uses, the remaining number of uses, or the accumulated ablation time, and the remaining ablation time. For instructions on electrode types, please refer to the above-mentioned related descriptions. For more instructions on electrode validity period information and electrode life information, please refer to the following related descriptions.
在一些实施例中,提示信息可以包括附件连接状态和/或警示信息。In some embodiments, the prompt information may include accessory connection status and/or warning information.
附件是指需要通过线缆或其他方式与射频消融主机相连接的组件。例如,附件可以包括消融电极120、脚踏开关等。Accessories refer to components that need to be connected to the RF ablation host through cables or other means. For example, accessories may include ablation electrodes 120, foot switches, etc.
附件连接状态可以表征附件与射频消融主机的连接情况。在一些实施例中,附件连接状态可以包括脚踏开关或消融电极与射频消融主机已连接、脚踏开关或消融电极与射频消融主机未连接。The accessory connection state may represent the connection between the accessory and the RF ablation host. In some embodiments, the accessory connection state may include whether the foot switch or ablation electrode is connected to the RF ablation host or whether the foot switch or ablation electrode is not connected to the RF ablation host.
在一些实施例中,控制模块113可以自动检测附件连接状态,并将附件连接状态发送至输入/输出模块114进行展示。In some embodiments, control module 113 can automatically detect the accessory connection status and send the accessory connection status to input/output module 114 for display.
警示信息可以提示用户基于警示信息进行对应操作。例如,响应于消融电极与射频消融主机未连接,控制模块113可以控制输入/输出模块114输出“电极未连接”的警示信息,以便用户检查消融电极的连接状况。The warning information can prompt the user to perform corresponding operations based on the warning information. For example, in response to the ablation electrode being disconnected from the RF ablation host, the control module 113 can control the input/output module 114 to output a warning message of "electrode not connected" so that the user can check the connection status of the ablation electrode.
在一些实施例中,警示信息可以包括电极未连接、电极未授权或验证失败、电极寿命结束、电极已过有效期、脚踏开关未连接、自检失败、请释放激活开关、请释放脚踏开关等。例如,响应于消融电极为非合法电极,控制模块113可以控制输出单元输出警示信息“电极未授权”。关于合法电极的更多说明可以参见下述相关内容。In some embodiments, the warning information may include electrode not connected, electrode not authorized or verification failed, electrode life ended, electrode expired, foot switch not connected, self-test failed, please release activation switch, please release foot switch, etc. For example, in response to the ablation electrode being an illegal electrode, the control module 113 may control the output unit to output the warning information "electrode not authorized". For more information about legal electrodes, please refer to the following related content.
在一些实施例中,人机交互单元1141可以包括脚踏开关、激活开关(如激活开关450)和输入按钮中至少一种。例如,输入按钮被配置为用于设置消融参数,可以包括键盘、鼠标、虚拟按键(如触摸显示屏中的功能按钮)、真实按键等。在一些实施例中,响应于用户通过输入按钮设置消融参数,控制模块可以确定消融参数。输出单元可以包括显示屏(如显示屏610)、音频设备430(如喇叭)等。In some embodiments, the human-computer interaction unit 1141 may include at least one of a foot switch, an activation switch (such as activation switch 450), and an input button. For example, the input button is configured to set ablation parameters and may include a keyboard, a mouse, a virtual button (such as a function button in a touch display screen), a real button, etc. In some embodiments, in response to the user setting the ablation parameter through the input button, the control module may determine the ablation parameter. The output unit may include a display screen (such as display screen 610), an audio device 430 (such as a speaker), etc.
在一些实施例中,输入/输出模块114可以包括触摸显示屏。此种情况下,人机交互单元1141的输入按钮可以与输出单元为一体。In some embodiments, the input/output module 114 may include a touch screen display. In this case, the input button of the human-computer interaction unit 1141 may be integrated with the output unit.
激活开关450用于在满足第一预设条件后,激活射频模块。第一预设条件是指附件与射频消融主机的附件连接状态均为连接,消融电极可用,消融参数已设置,且射频消融主机无其他错误(所有功能均正常)。关于消融电极可用的说明可以参见下述相关描述。The activation switch 450 is used to activate the RF module after the first preset condition is met. The first preset condition means that the accessory connection status between the accessory and the RF ablation host is connected, the ablation electrode is available, the ablation parameters have been set, and the RF ablation host has no other errors (all functions are normal). For instructions on the availability of the ablation electrode, please refer to the following related description.
满足第一预设条件时,激活开关启动,控制模块可以实现对射频模块的控制,以产生射频能量。When the first preset condition is met, the activation switch is turned on, and the control module can control the radio frequency module to generate radio frequency energy.
需要说明的是,激活开关不通过软件控制,而是从射频信号上控制。若激活开关被关闭,射频发生电路将处于关闭状态,控制模块将不会发出进行射频输出的控制信号,无法实现射频能量输出控制。It should be noted that the activation switch is not controlled by software, but by the RF signal. If the activation switch is turned off, the RF generation circuit will be in an off state, the control module will not send a control signal for RF output, and the RF energy output control cannot be achieved.
在对眼部组织进行消融的过程中,若射频能量的输出出现异常或出现紧急情况(如患者身体异常、设备出现故障等),用户关闭激活开关,射频模块112将停止输出射频能量。During the ablation of eye tissue, if the output of RF energy is abnormal or an emergency occurs (such as patient physical abnormality, equipment failure, etc.), the user turns off the activation switch and the RF module 112 stops outputting RF energy.
在一些实施例中,响应于开机自检过程或其它非射频输出过程中,激活开关异常启动(如在不满足第一预设条件时被启动)时,控制模块113可以发送警示信息至输入/输出模块114,并由输入/输出模块114中的输出单元1142展示警示信息,以提示用户。警示信息可以包括如“请释放激活开关”。In some embodiments, in response to the activation switch being abnormally activated (e.g., being activated when the first preset condition is not met) during the power-on self-test process or other non-RF output process, the control module 113 may send a warning message to the input/output module 114, and the output unit 1142 in the input/output module 114 may display the warning message to prompt the user. The warning message may include, for example, "Please release the activation switch."
脚踏开关被配置为在满足第二预设条件后,控制射频能量输出的开始和停止。The foot switch is configured to control the start and stop of the radio frequency energy output after a second preset condition is met.
第二预设条件是指在满足第一预设条件后,消融电极插入眼部组织,且到达目标位置。优选地,第二预设条件可以为显示界面进入治疗界面。The second preset condition means that after the first preset condition is met, the ablation electrode is inserted into the eye tissue and reaches the target position. Preferably, the second preset condition may be that the display interface enters the treatment interface.
在一些实施例中,脚踏开关与射频消融主机110的连接方式可以包括线缆连接、无线网络连接。In some embodiments, the connection method between the foot switch and the RF ablation host 110 may include cable connection or wireless network connection.
在一些实施例中,响应于脚踏开关与射频消融主机110未连接,控制模块113可以发送警示信息至输入/输出模块114,并由输入/输出模块114中的输出单元1142输出警示信息。警示信息可以包括如“脚踏开关未连接”。In some embodiments, in response to the foot switch being disconnected from the RF ablation host 110, the control module 113 may send a warning message to the input/output module 114, and the output unit 1142 in the input/output module 114 outputs the warning message. The warning message may include, for example, "foot switch is not connected".
在一些实施例中,响应于脚踏开关异常启动(如不满足第二预设条件时被启动),控制模块113可以发送警示信息至输入/输出模块114,并由输入/输出模块114中的输出单元1142输出警示信息。警示信息可以包括如“请释放脚踏开关”。In some embodiments, in response to abnormal activation of the foot switch (such as being activated when the second preset condition is not met), the control module 113 may send a warning message to the input/output module 114, and the output unit 1142 in the input/output module 114 outputs the warning message. The warning message may include, for example, "Please release the foot switch."
在一些实施例中,眼科射频消融系统100可以被配置为具有连续输出模式和/或定时输出模式。其中,连续输出模式或定时输出模式可以反映射频能量的输出方式。In some embodiments, the ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system 100 may be configured to have a continuous output mode and/or a timed output mode, wherein the continuous output mode or the timed output mode may reflect the output manner of radiofrequency energy.
连续输出模式是指响应于用户启动脚踏开关,控制模块113控制射频模块112开始输出射频能量,响应于用户关闭脚踏开关或激活开关,控制模块113控制射频模块112停止输出射频能量。在一些实施例中,连续输出模式适用于对同一眼部组织进行多次射频治疗。The continuous output mode means that in response to the user starting the foot switch, the control module 113 controls the RF module 112 to start outputting RF energy, and in response to the user turning off the foot switch or activating the switch, the control module 113 controls the RF module 112 to stop outputting RF energy. In some embodiments, the continuous output mode is suitable for performing multiple RF treatments on the same eye tissue.
在一些实施例中,响应于用户每次启动脚踏开关,输入/输出模块114可以显示每次射频能量输出的已治疗时间。In some embodiments, in response to each activation of the foot switch by the user, the input/output module 114 can display the elapsed treatment time for each RF energy delivery.
定时输出模式是指响应于用户启动脚踏开关,控制模块113控制射频模块112开始输出射频能量且开始计时,当计时达到预设时间阈值时自动停止射频能量的输出。在一些实施例中,响应于计时未达到所述预设时间阈值时,用户关闭脚踏开关或激活开关,控制模块113可以控制射频模块112停止输出射频能量。在一些实施例中,预设时间阈值可以为治疗时间或小于治疗时间。The timed output mode means that in response to the user starting the foot switch, the control module 113 controls the RF module 112 to start outputting RF energy and start timing, and automatically stops the output of RF energy when the timing reaches a preset time threshold. In some embodiments, in response to the timing not reaching the preset time threshold, the user turns off the foot switch or activates the switch, and the control module 113 can control the RF module 112 to stop outputting RF energy. In some embodiments, the preset time threshold can be the treatment time or less than the treatment time.
在一些实施例中,在连续治疗模式下,射频消融主机开始输出射频能量时且开始计时,输入/输出模块114中的输出单元1142可以显示实时计时。在一些实施例中,输出单元1142可以同时显示计时信息,与已治疗次数和/或已治疗时间。在一些实施例中,响应于每次计时结束后重新开始计时,显示的实时计时可以同步更新。In some embodiments, in the continuous treatment mode, when the RF ablation host starts to output RF energy and starts timing, the output unit 1142 in the input/output module 114 can display the real-time timing. In some embodiments, the output unit 1142 can simultaneously display the timing information, the number of treatments and/or the treatment time. In some embodiments, in response to restarting the timing after each timing is completed, the displayed real-time timing can be updated synchronously.
在一些实施例中,响应于用户踩下脚踏开关超过预设时间,控制模块113可以控制射频模块112开始输出射频能量。预设时间可以包括1秒、2秒等。In some embodiments, in response to the user stepping on the foot switch for more than a preset time, the control module 113 can control the RF module 112 to start outputting RF energy. The preset time may include 1 second, 2 seconds, etc.
在一些实施例中,响应于计时达到预设时间阈值时,脚踏开关未松开,控制模块113可以发送警示信息至输入/输出模块114,并由输入/输出模块114中的输出单元1142输出警示信息。警示信息可以包括“请释放脚踏开关”。In some embodiments, in response to the foot switch not being released when the timing reaches a preset time threshold, the control module 113 may send a warning message to the input/output module 114, and the output unit 1142 in the input/output module 114 outputs the warning message. The warning message may include "Please release the foot switch".
在一些实施例中,在连续输出模式或定时输出模式下,在每次停止射频能量的输出时,射频消融主机可以记录消融电极的使用信息,并更新当前使用的消融电极的电极寿命信息。关于电极寿命信息的说明可以参见下述相关描述。In some embodiments, in the continuous output mode or the timed output mode, each time the output of radio frequency energy is stopped, the radio frequency ablation host can record the use information of the ablation electrode and update the electrode life information of the currently used ablation electrode. For the description of the electrode life information, please refer to the following related description.
在一些实施例中,射频消融主机可以在射频能量输出前,基于阻抗检测模块115获取的阻抗信息,判断眼部组织的阻抗大小,若眼部组织的阻抗为0或未在预设阻抗阈值范围内,即使用户启动脚踏开关,射频消融主机也不会输出射频能量,这样可以进一步保证射频消融的安全性。其中,预设阻抗阈值范围是指消融电极的尖端插入到需要治疗的位置时,阻抗信息的范围,可以预先设置。In some embodiments, the RF ablation host can determine the impedance of the eye tissue based on the impedance information obtained by the impedance detection module 115 before the RF energy is output. If the impedance of the eye tissue is 0 or is not within the preset impedance threshold range, the RF ablation host will not output RF energy even if the user activates the foot switch, which can further ensure the safety of RF ablation. The preset impedance threshold range refers to the range of impedance information when the tip of the ablation electrode is inserted into the position to be treated, which can be preset.
阻抗检测模块115被配置为在消融过程中检测眼部组织的阻抗信息,并将阻抗信息传输至控制模块。例如,在射频能量输出前,响应于用户将消融电极插入患者的眼部组织,阻抗检测模块可以检测眼部组织的阻抗信息。阻抗信息可以包括实时阻抗。The impedance detection module 115 is configured to detect the impedance information of the eye tissue during the ablation process and transmit the impedance information to the control module. For example, before the RF energy is output, in response to the user inserting the ablation electrode into the patient's eye tissue, the impedance detection module can detect the impedance information of the eye tissue. The impedance information can include real-time impedance.
在一些实施例中,如图4所示,阻抗检测模块115可以包括阻抗监测单元1151和电压电流反馈单元1152。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 4 , the impedance detection module 115 may include an impedance monitoring unit 1151 and a voltage and current feedback unit 1152 .
阻抗监测单元1151被配置为在射频能量输出前和停止输出后监测眼部组织的阻抗信息。The impedance monitoring unit 1151 is configured to monitor the impedance information of the eye tissue before and after the RF energy output is stopped.
在一些实施例中,阻抗监测单元1151可以包括生物阻抗检测芯片。In some embodiments, the impedance monitoring unit 1151 may include a bio-impedance detection chip.
在一些实施例中,阻抗监测单元1151可以获取眼部组织的阻抗信息,并将阻抗信息发送至控制模块113,控制模块113控制输入/输出模块114显示眼部组织的阻抗信息。其中,阻抗信息可以帮助用户判断消融电极的尖端是否插入到需要治疗的位置(即目标位置)。In some embodiments, the impedance monitoring unit 1151 can obtain the impedance information of the eye tissue and send the impedance information to the control module 113, and the control module 113 controls the input/output module 114 to display the impedance information of the eye tissue. The impedance information can help the user determine whether the tip of the ablation electrode is inserted into the position that needs to be treated (i.e., the target position).
在一些实施例中,如图4所示,阻抗监测单元1151可以通过电极切换单元与控制模块113和消融电极120连接。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 4 , the impedance monitoring unit 1151 may be connected to the control module 113 and the ablation electrode 120 via an electrode switching unit.
电极切换单元被配置为导通消融电极120与阻抗监测单元1151或导通消融电极120与射频模块112。在一些实施例中,电极切换单元可以包括单刀双掷开关,例如,继电器开关、模拟开关、开关电路等。The electrode switching unit is configured to connect the ablation electrode 120 to the impedance monitoring unit 1151 or to connect the ablation electrode 120 to the RF module 112. In some embodiments, the electrode switching unit may include a single-pole double-throw switch, such as a relay switch, an analog switch, a switch circuit, and the like.
在一些实施例中,响应于射频能量开始输出前或输出停止后,控制模块113可以通过控制单刀双掷开关,使得阻抗监测单元1151与消融电极120连接。In some embodiments, in response to before the RF energy starts to be output or after the output stops, the control module 113 may control the single-pole double-throw switch to connect the impedance monitoring unit 1151 to the ablation electrode 120 .
在一些实施例中,响应于射频能量进行输出时,控制模块113可以通过控制单刀双掷开关,使得射频模块112与消融电极120连接,以便射频模块112为消融电极120提供射频能量。In some embodiments, in response to the output of RF energy, the control module 113 may control the single-pole double-throw switch to connect the RF module 112 to the ablation electrode 120 , so that the RF module 112 provides RF energy to the ablation electrode 120 .
可以理解的是,电极切换单元可以保证阻抗监测单元1151和射频模块112在任何时候都不会导通,避免由于射频能量进入阻抗监测单元1151,导致设备故障。It is understandable that the electrode switching unit can ensure that the impedance monitoring unit 1151 and the RF module 112 are not turned on at any time, thereby avoiding device failure due to RF energy entering the impedance monitoring unit 1151.
电压电流反馈单元1152被配置为在射频能量的输出过程中,监测眼部组织的阻抗信息。The voltage and current feedback unit 1152 is configured to monitor the impedance information of the eye tissue during the output of the radio frequency energy.
在一些实施例中,电压电流反馈单元1152可以包括电流电压采样单元。In some embodiments, the voltage-current feedback unit 1152 may include a current-voltage sampling unit.
电流电压采样单元被配置为采集电流和电压的反馈信号,并基于采集的电流和电压的反馈信号,计算得到阻抗信息。在一些实施例中,电压电流反馈单元1152可以将采集的电流值和电压值发送给控制模块113,由控制模块113计算获得实时阻抗。The current and voltage sampling unit is configured to collect feedback signals of current and voltage, and calculate impedance information based on the collected feedback signals of current and voltage. In some embodiments, the voltage and current feedback unit 1152 can send the collected current value and voltage value to the control module 113, and the control module 113 calculates the real-time impedance.
在一些实施例中,电流电压采样单元可以包括互感器、霍尔式电压电流传感器、采样电阻。在一些实施例中,电流电压采样单元通过多种方式获取阻抗信息。例如,电流电压采样单元可以采集电流和电压的反馈信号,通过整流电路,将交流的电流电压信号转化为直流的电流电压信号,并通过电阻计算公式计算得到阻抗信息。其中,电阻计算公式包括欧姆定律公式。In some embodiments, the current and voltage sampling unit may include a mutual inductor, a Hall-type voltage and current sensor, and a sampling resistor. In some embodiments, the current and voltage sampling unit obtains impedance information in a variety of ways. For example, the current and voltage sampling unit can collect feedback signals of current and voltage, convert AC current and voltage signals into DC current and voltage signals through a rectifier circuit, and calculate impedance information through a resistance calculation formula. Among them, the resistance calculation formula includes Ohm's law formula.
在一些实施例中,电流电压采样单元1152可以获取眼部组织的阻抗信息,并将阻抗信息发送至控制模块113,由控制模块113控制输入/输出模块114输出眼部组织的阻抗信息。需要说明的是,阻抗信息可以帮助用户判断实际射频功率与设定的射频功率的变化,设定的射频功率是治疗过程的最大功率,治疗过程中目标组织失水,阻抗会增加,功率P=U2/R,电压不变,功率会逐渐变小;因此,阻抗信息的变化可以反应射频消融的程度;当阻抗突变时(即表明射频消融的程度已经符合停止射频能量输出的条件),即使计时器未到治疗时间,也会停止射频能量的输出,这样可以进一步保证射频消融的安全性。In some embodiments, the current and voltage sampling unit 1152 can obtain the impedance information of the eye tissue and send the impedance information to the control module 113, and the control module 113 controls the input/output module 114 to output the impedance information of the eye tissue. It should be noted that the impedance information can help the user judge the change between the actual RF power and the set RF power. The set RF power is the maximum power of the treatment process. During the treatment process, the target tissue loses water, and the impedance will increase. The power P = U 2 /R, the voltage remains unchanged, and the power will gradually decrease; therefore, the change in impedance information can reflect the degree of RF ablation; when the impedance suddenly changes (that is, it indicates that the degree of RF ablation has met the conditions for stopping the output of RF energy), even if the timer has not reached the treatment time, the output of RF energy will be stopped, which can further ensure the safety of RF ablation.
信息读取模块116被配置为当消融电极120与射频消融主机110电连接后,获取消融电极120的电极信息,并将电极信息传输给控制模块113,和/或将射频消融主机记录的消融电极的使用信息写入消融电极。The information reading module 116 is configured to obtain electrode information of the ablation electrode 120 after the ablation electrode 120 is electrically connected to the RF ablation host 110, transmit the electrode information to the control module 113, and/or write the usage information of the ablation electrode recorded by the RF ablation host into the ablation electrode.
在一些实施例中,响应于消融电极120与射频消融主机110电连接,信息读取模块116可以自动获取消融电极120的电极信息,并发送至控制模块113。In some embodiments, in response to the ablation electrode 120 being electrically connected to the RF ablation host 110 , the information reading module 116 may automatically acquire the electrode information of the ablation electrode 120 and send it to the control module 113 .
在一些实施例中,消融结束后,响应于消融电极的剩余使用寿命不为0,控制模块113可以将射频消融主机记录的消融电极的使用信息主动写入消融电极。In some embodiments, after ablation is completed, in response to the remaining service life of the ablation electrode being not 0, the control module 113 may actively write the usage information of the ablation electrode recorded by the radio frequency ablation host into the ablation electrode.
在一些实施例中,消融电极120可以包括存储芯片。存储芯片被配置为存储消融电极的电极消息。In some embodiments, the ablation electrode 120 may include a memory chip. The memory chip is configured to store electrode information of the ablation electrode.
在一些实施例中,电极信息可以包括消融电极的芯片型号、加密信息、电极类型、型号、电极有效期信息、电极寿命信息、数据检验码。其中,加密信息是指用于验证电极是否为合法授权电极的信息。首次使用时间是指消融电极第一次连接射频消融主机的时间。数据检验码可以用于验证输入/输出模块获取的数据与存储芯片中的数据一致或能够匹配或配对,以判断消融电极是否合法。数据检验码可以包括CRC检验码。电极有效期信息可以包括生产日期、生产保质期、首次使用时间和首次使用后的预设使用时间范围。电极寿命信息可以包括已使用次数和剩余使用次数,或者已消融累计时长和剩余可消融时长。In some embodiments, the electrode information may include the chip model, encryption information, electrode type, model, electrode validity period information, electrode life information, and data verification code of the ablation electrode. Among them, the encrypted information refers to the information used to verify whether the electrode is a legally authorized electrode. The first use time refers to the time when the ablation electrode is first connected to the radiofrequency ablation host. The data verification code can be used to verify that the data obtained by the input/output module is consistent with the data in the storage chip or can be matched or paired to determine whether the ablation electrode is legal. The data verification code may include a CRC verification code. The electrode validity period information may include the production date, production shelf life, first use time, and a preset use time range after the first use. The electrode life information may include the number of uses and the remaining number of uses, or the cumulative ablation time and the remaining ablation time.
生产日期是指消融电极出厂的日期。生产保质期是指消融电极从生产日期起到失效的时间。首次使用时间是指消融电极第一次连接射频消融主机的时间。The production date refers to the date when the ablation electrode leaves the factory. The production shelf life refers to the time from the production date to the expiration of the ablation electrode. The first use time refers to the time when the ablation electrode is first connected to the RF ablation host.
首次使用后的预设使用时间范围可以反映消融电极上次使用结束后,能够被再次用于消融的间隔时间。例如,消融电极A被开封,用其完成眼部组织消融之后剩余使用寿命不为0,消融结束时间为12月1日上午10点。为保证无菌操作,可以设置首次使用后的预设使用时间范围为首次使用后的4小时(或2小时、3小时、5小时、6小时、8小时等)。若该电极A在12月1日下午1点被再次用于消融,前后两次使用的时间间隔为3小时,小于4小时,因此在预设使用时间范围内;若在12月1日下午3点被再次用于消融,前后两次使用的时间间隔为5小时,大于4小时,因此超过预设使用时间范围,当这样电极被连接后,射频消融主机将提醒电极已过期。The preset usage time range after the first use can reflect the interval time after the ablation electrode is used for ablation again after the last use. For example, after ablation electrode A is opened and used to complete eye tissue ablation, the remaining service life is not 0, and the ablation end time is 10 am on December 1st. To ensure aseptic operation, the preset usage time range after the first use can be set to 4 hours (or 2 hours, 3 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 8 hours, etc.) after the first use. If the electrode A is used for ablation again at 1 pm on December 1st, the time interval between the two uses is 3 hours, which is less than 4 hours, so it is within the preset usage time range; if it is used for ablation again at 3 pm on December 1st, the time interval between the two uses is 5 hours, which is greater than 4 hours, so it exceeds the preset usage time range. When such an electrode is connected, the radiofrequency ablation host will remind that the electrode has expired.
在一些实施例中,当消融电极120第一次连接射频消融主机110时,射频消融主机110可以主动将首次使用时间写入消融电极120的存储芯片。In some embodiments, when the ablation electrode 120 is connected to the RF ablation host 110 for the first time, the RF ablation host 110 may actively write the first use time into the storage chip of the ablation electrode 120 .
在一些实施例中,剩余使用次数和已使用次数(或已消融累计时长和剩余可消融时长)可以在每次连接射频消融主机110时,被射频消融主机110主动更新写入消融电极120的存储芯片。在一些实施例中,响应于消融电极每使用一次,存储芯片中的剩余使用次数减1、已使用次数加1。In some embodiments, the remaining number of uses and the number of uses (or the accumulated ablation time and the remaining ablation time) can be actively updated and written into the storage chip of the ablation electrode 120 by the RF ablation host 110 each time the RF ablation host 110 is connected. In some embodiments, in response to each use of the ablation electrode, the remaining number of uses in the storage chip is reduced by 1 and the number of uses is increased by 1.
在一些实施例中,已消融累计时长和剩余可消融时长(或剩余使用次数和已使用次数)可以在每次消融电极使用结束后,被射频消融主机110主动更新写入消融电极120的存储芯片。在一些实施例中,响应于每次消融电极使用结束,存储芯片中的已消融累计时长可以增加单次消融电极使用的时长、剩余可消融时长可以减去单次消融电极使用的时长。In some embodiments, the accumulated ablation time and the remaining ablation time (or the remaining number of uses and the number of uses) can be actively updated and written into the storage chip of the ablation electrode 120 by the RF ablation host 110 after each use of the ablation electrode. In some embodiments, in response to the end of each use of the ablation electrode, the accumulated ablation time in the storage chip can be increased by the time of a single ablation electrode use, and the remaining ablation time can be reduced by the time of a single ablation electrode use.
在一些实施例中,响应于消融结束,且消融电极的剩余使用寿命不为0以及使用时间未超过预设使用时间范围,控制模块可以主动将射频消融主机存储的电极信息(如剩余使用次数、已使用次数等)写入所述存储芯片。In some embodiments, in response to the end of ablation, and the remaining service life of the ablation electrode is not 0 and the usage time does not exceed the preset usage time range, the control module can actively write the electrode information stored in the RF ablation host (such as the remaining number of uses, the number of uses, etc.) into the storage chip.
在一些实施例中,存储芯片可以集成于电极操作手柄内部,或集成于电极操作手柄和射频消融主机连接的航插头线的插头中。In some embodiments, the storage chip can be integrated inside the electrode operating handle, or integrated into the plug of the aviation plug cable connecting the electrode operating handle and the radiofrequency ablation host.
在一些实施例中,射频消融主机110可以基于获取的电极信息,判断消融电极的是否可用。In some embodiments, the RF ablation host 110 may determine whether the ablation electrode is available based on the acquired electrode information.
消融电极可用是指消融电极为合法电极,且未超过有效使用期,且剩余可用寿命(剩余使用次数或剩余可消融时长)不为0。合法电极是指与射频消融主机配套的通过验证的授权电极。有效使用期可以包括生产保质期和预设使用时间范围。Ablation electrode availability means that the ablation electrode is a legal electrode, has not exceeded the effective use period, and the remaining usable life (remaining number of uses or remaining ablation time) is not 0. Legal electrode refers to an authorized electrode that has passed verification and is compatible with the RF ablation host. The effective use period can include the production shelf life and the preset use time range.
在一些实施例中,控制模块113可以通过多种方式判断消融电极可用。例如,控制模块可以验证消融电极的加密信息,若加密信息正确,则确定消融电极为合法被授权电极,同时检验消融电极是否超过有效使用期以及剩余可用寿命,若消融电极未超过有效使用期且剩余可用寿命不为0,则确定消融电极可用。其中,加密信息可以通过多种方式构建,例如,对称加密、非对称加密等。示例性地,消融电极的加密信息是由对称加密方式构建,当控制模块收到加密信息后,可以通过密钥将加密信息解密,若无法解密或解密后信息不正确,控制模块可以确定消融电极为非合法电极,并控制输出模块输出警示信息,如“电极不合法请更换电极”。In some embodiments, the control module 113 can determine whether the ablation electrode is available in a variety of ways. For example, the control module can verify the encryption information of the ablation electrode. If the encryption information is correct, it is determined that the ablation electrode is a legally authorized electrode. At the same time, it is checked whether the ablation electrode has exceeded the effective use period and the remaining available life. If the ablation electrode has not exceeded the effective use period and the remaining available life is not 0, it is determined that the ablation electrode is available. Among them, the encryption information can be constructed in a variety of ways, such as symmetric encryption, asymmetric encryption, etc. Exemplarily, the encryption information of the ablation electrode is constructed by symmetric encryption. When the control module receives the encrypted information, it can decrypt the encrypted information by a key. If it cannot be decrypted or the decrypted information is incorrect, the control module can determine that the ablation electrode is an illegal electrode, and control the output module to output a warning message, such as "The electrode is illegal, please replace the electrode."
在一些实施例中,响应于消融电极120与射频消融主机110未连接,控制模块113可以发送警示信息至输入/输出模块114,以控制输入/输出模块114输出警示信息。如警示信息可以包括“电极未连接”。In some embodiments, in response to the ablation electrode 120 being disconnected from the RF ablation host 110, the control module 113 may send a warning message to the input/output module 114 to control the input/output module 114 to output the warning message. For example, the warning message may include "electrode not connected".
在一些实施例中,响应于控制模块113确定消融电极不可用,控制模块113可以发送警示信息至输入/输出模块114,以控制输入/输出模块114输出警示信息。如警示信息可以包括“电极未授权”或“电极验证失败”、“电极寿命结束”、或“电极已过有效期”等。In some embodiments, in response to the control module 113 determining that the ablation electrode is unavailable, the control module 113 may send a warning message to the input/output module 114 to control the input/output module 114 to output the warning message. For example, the warning message may include "electrode not authorized" or "electrode verification failed", "electrode life end", or "electrode has expired", etc.
在一些实施例中,响应于消融电极可用,控制模块113可以发送电极信息至输入/输出模块114,以控制输入/输出模块114输出电极信息,供用户进行确认。图22是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的消融电极电连接后电极识别的确认页面的示例性示意图,如图22所示,当连接的消融电极可用时,控制模块113可以控制显示屏610的显示界面中展示图22中所示的电极类型、电极寿命等信息,若电极类型和电极信息无误,用户可以点击交互界面2000中“确认”按钮进行确认,从而进入下一环节。In some embodiments, in response to the ablation electrode being available, the control module 113 can send the electrode information to the input/output module 114 to control the input/output module 114 to output the electrode information for the user to confirm. FIG22 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a confirmation page for electrode identification after the ablation electrode is electrically connected according to some embodiments of the present specification. As shown in FIG22, when the connected ablation electrode is available, the control module 113 can control the display interface of the display screen 610 to display the electrode type, electrode life and other information shown in FIG22. If the electrode type and electrode information are correct, the user can click the "Confirm" button in the interactive interface 2000 to confirm, thereby entering the next step.
在一些实施例中,如图3所示,射频消融主机110还可以包括电源模块111。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 3 , the RF ablation host 110 may further include a power module 111 .
电源模块111被配置为为控制模块113、射频模块112、输入/输出模块114以及与控制模块113通信的各模块供电。The power module 111 is configured to supply power to the control module 113 , the RF module 112 , the input/output module 114 , and various modules communicating with the control module 113 .
在一些实施例中,电源模块111可以与控制模块113电连接,以为控制模块供电,同时通过控制模块向射频消融主机中其余模块(如输入/输出模块114、阻抗检测单元1151、电压电流反馈单元1152、信息读取模块116等)进行供电。In some embodiments, the power module 111 can be electrically connected to the control module 113 to supply power to the control module, and at the same time supply power to the remaining modules in the RF ablation host (such as the input/output module 114, the impedance detection unit 1151, the voltage and current feedback unit 1152, the information reading module 116, etc.) through the control module.
在一些实施例中,电源模块111输出的电压范围可以包括5~110V,例如,5V、10V、50V、100V等。In some embodiments, the voltage output by the power module 111 may range from 5 to 110 V, for example, 5 V, 10 V, 50 V, 100 V, etc.
在一些实施例中,电源模块111可以包括多个电源子模块。多个电源子模块可以分别为射频消融主机110中的多个模块进行供电。例如图4所示,电源子模块1111可以为输出单元1142进行供电,电源子模块1112可以为控制模块113以及与控制模块113电连接的模块(如阻抗检测单元1151、电压电流反馈单元1152、信息读取模块116等)进行供电。In some embodiments, the power module 111 may include multiple power submodules. The multiple power submodules may respectively power multiple modules in the RF ablation host 110. For example, as shown in FIG. 4 , the power submodule 1111 may power the output unit 1142, and the power submodule 1112 may power the control module 113 and the modules electrically connected to the control module 113 (such as the impedance detection unit 1151, the voltage and current feedback unit 1152, the information reading module 116, etc.).
可以理解的是,通过电源子模块对与电源子模块对应的模块进行独立供电,可以提高射频消融主机的供电稳定性,不会产生相互的电源干扰。It is understandable that by independently supplying power to the modules corresponding to the power submodule through the power submodule, the power supply stability of the radiofrequency ablation host can be improved without causing mutual power supply interference.
在一些实施例中,如图4所示,射频消融主机110还可以包括电源滤波器410、存储器420、音频设备430和实时时钟440。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 4 , the RF ablation host 110 may further include a power filter 410 , a memory 420 , an audio device 430 , and a real-time clock 440 .
电源滤波器410被配置为抑制交流电源中的噪声,从而将交流电源无衰减地传输到电源模块。可以理解的是,电源滤波器可以衰减随交流电源引入的EMI噪声,同时有效抑制电力设备产生的EMI噪声,防止其进入交流电网,从而干扰其他电子设备。The power filter 410 is configured to suppress noise in the AC power supply, thereby transmitting the AC power supply to the power module without attenuation. It is understood that the power filter can attenuate the EMI noise introduced with the AC power supply, while effectively suppressing the EMI noise generated by the power equipment to prevent it from entering the AC power grid and interfering with other electronic devices.
存储器420被配置为存储数据、指令和/或任何其他信息。在一些实施例中,存储器可以存储从眼科射频消融系统的至少一个组件或外部数据源获取的数据和/或信息。例如,存储器可以存储消融参数、电极信息。又例如,存储器可以存储备选输出功率和备选治疗时间等。The memory 420 is configured to store data, instructions and/or any other information. In some embodiments, the memory may store data and/or information obtained from at least one component of the ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system or an external data source. For example, the memory may store ablation parameters, electrode information. For another example, the memory may store alternative output powers and alternative treatment times, etc.
在一些实施例中,存储器420可以包括大容量存储器、可移除存储器等或其任意组合。优选地,存储器420可以为带电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically Erasable Programmable read only memory,EEPROM)。通过使用EEPROM存储器,可以在设备掉电或关机后数据仍保留,避免数据的丢失。在一些实施例中,存储器420可以集成于控制模块113或射频消融主机110的其他模块中。In some embodiments, the memory 420 may include a large-capacity memory, a removable memory, etc., or any combination thereof. Preferably, the memory 420 may be an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM). By using an EEPROM memory, data can be retained after the device loses power or is shut down, thereby avoiding data loss. In some embodiments, the memory 420 may be integrated into the control module 113 or other modules of the radiofrequency ablation host 110.
音频设备430可以被配置为发出音频信息。在一些实施例中,音频信息可以包括音频类的警示信息、提示等。例如,控制模块113检测到激活开关异常启动(即不满足第一预设条件时启动)时,可以通过音频设备430语音播报警示信息“请释放激活开关”。又例如,控制模块113检测到消融电极连接断开时,可以通过音频设备430发出嘀嘀的提示音。在一些实施例中,音频设备430可以集成于射频消融主机110中。The audio device 430 may be configured to emit audio information. In some embodiments, the audio information may include audio warning information, prompts, etc. For example, when the control module 113 detects that the activation switch is abnormally started (i.e., started when the first preset condition is not met), the audio device 430 may voice broadcast the warning message "Please release the activation switch". For another example, when the control module 113 detects that the ablation electrode is disconnected, a beeping prompt sound may be emitted through the audio device 430. In some embodiments, the audio device 430 may be integrated into the RF ablation host 110.
实时时钟440被配置为为射频消融主机110提供时间信息。在一些实施例中,用户可以在射频消融系统首次使用时,通过输入/输出模块设置实时时钟。例如,用户可以在图26所示的显示界面中设置实时时钟。在一些实施例中,响应于实时时钟440的时间不准确,控制模块113可以提醒售后维护人员对所述时间进行调整。售后维护人员或技术人员可以使用工程电极在图26所示的时间设置页面进行设置。工程电极是消融电极的一种,控制模块可以通过多种方式判断是否为工程电极。可以理解的是,射频消融仪可以根据系统时间计算消融电极的寿命,且射频消融仪未包括网络时间,所以仅在首次使用开机时能够设置时间,其余情况的时间设置权限不向用户开放。The real-time clock 440 is configured to provide time information for the RF ablation host 110. In some embodiments, the user can set the real-time clock through the input/output module when the RF ablation system is used for the first time. For example, the user can set the real-time clock in the display interface shown in Figure 26. In some embodiments, in response to the inaccurate time of the real-time clock 440, the control module 113 can remind the after-sales maintenance personnel to adjust the time. After-sales maintenance personnel or technicians can use engineering electrodes to set the time setting page shown in Figure 26. The engineering electrode is a type of ablation electrode, and the control module can determine whether it is an engineering electrode in a variety of ways. It is understandable that the RF ablation instrument can calculate the life of the ablation electrode based on the system time, and the RF ablation instrument does not include network time, so the time can only be set when it is turned on for the first time, and the time setting authority for other situations is not open to the user.
图5是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的微控制器单元的软件/硬件示意图。FIG. 5 is a software/hardware diagram of a microcontroller unit according to some embodiments of the present specification.
在一些实施例中,微控制器单元可以被配置为具有脉宽调制控制、输出/输出、模拟-数字转换、只读存储、随机存储、闪存、定时和串口通信中的至少一种功能。如图5所示,微控制器单元可以包括处理器510、闪存520、只读存储器530、随机存储器540、输入/输出端口550、通信端口560、模拟-数字转换器570以及定时器580,这些元件之间可以通过总线连接,以传送信息实现相关功能。In some embodiments, the microcontroller unit can be configured to have at least one of pulse width modulation control, input/output, analog-to-digital conversion, read-only storage, random access storage, flash memory, timing, and serial communication. As shown in FIG5 , the microcontroller unit may include a processor 510, a flash memory 520, a read-only memory 530, a random access memory 540, an input/output port 550, a communication port 560, an analog-to-digital converter 570, and a timer 580, and these components may be connected via a bus to transmit information to realize related functions.
处理器510可以被配置为处理来自射频消融主机110的至少一个组件(如闪存520、只读存储器530、随机存储器540、输入/输出端口550、通信端口560、模拟-数字转换器570以及定时器580)或外部数据源(例如,云数据中心)的数据,以实现脉宽调制控制、人机交互、消融治疗的启动、定时控制、逻辑控制(如激活开关或脚踏开关异常启动时、或自检出现错误时进行警示、消融电极不可用时进行提示等)和射频电压和电流的计算等功能。其中,脉宽调制控制是指改变脉冲宽度来控制射频模块的输出功率。例如,处理器510可以读取闪存520中的消融参数,基于消融参数控制射频模块进行射频能量输出。又例如,处理器510可以通过输入/输出端口550接收阻抗检测模块115检测到的眼部组织的阻抗信息,并基于阻抗信息判断消融电极的尖端是否到达眼部的目标位置,和/或将阻抗信息进行转换后在显示屏进行展示。又例如,处理器510可以通过通信端口560采集射频消融主机和/或其附件(如脚踏开关、消融电极)的运行状态,判断警示或错误的发生,并显示在显示屏或产生提示音。The processor 510 can be configured to process data from at least one component of the RF ablation host 110 (such as flash memory 520, read-only memory 530, random access memory 540, input/output port 550, communication port 560, analog-to-digital converter 570, and timer 580) or an external data source (for example, a cloud data center) to implement functions such as pulse width modulation control, human-computer interaction, initiation of ablation treatment, timing control, logic control (such as warnings when the activation switch or foot switch is abnormally activated, or when an error occurs in the self-test, prompts when the ablation electrode is unavailable, etc.), and calculation of RF voltage and current. Among them, pulse width modulation control refers to changing the pulse width to control the output power of the RF module. For example, the processor 510 can read the ablation parameters in the flash memory 520 and control the RF module to output RF energy based on the ablation parameters. For another example, the processor 510 can receive the impedance information of the eye tissue detected by the impedance detection module 115 through the input/output port 550, and determine whether the tip of the ablation electrode has reached the target position of the eye based on the impedance information, and/or convert the impedance information and display it on the display screen. For another example, the processor 510 can collect the operating status of the radiofrequency ablation host and/or its accessories (such as a foot switch, ablation electrode) through the communication port 560, determine the occurrence of a warning or error, and display it on the display screen or generate a prompt sound.
闪存520、只读存储器530、随机存储器540可以进行数据存储。例如,闪存520中可以存储用户设置的消融参数。The flash memory 520 , the read-only memory 530 , and the random access memory 540 can store data. For example, the flash memory 520 can store ablation parameters set by the user.
通信端口560可以执行串口通信、SPI通信、IIC通信等。The communication port 560 can perform serial communication, SPI communication, IIC communication, and the like.
模拟-数字转换器570可以用于进行模拟信号与数字信号之间的转换。The analog-to-digital converter 570 may be used to convert between analog signals and digital signals.
定时器580可以执行信号定时捕获。信号定时捕获是指定时获取输入信号,如在射频能量输出过程中定时获取电压和/或电流信息。The timer 580 can perform signal timing capture, which refers to the timing acquisition of input signals, such as the timing acquisition of voltage and/or current information during the RF energy output process.
图6A和6B是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的射频消融主机结构的示例性示意图。6A and 6B are exemplary schematic diagrams of a radiofrequency ablation host structure according to some embodiments of the present specification.
在一些实施例中,如图6A所示,除上述硬件模块(如电源模块111、射频模块112、控制模块113、输出/输出模块114、阻抗检测模块115、信息读取模块116等)和电源滤波器410、存储器420、音频设备430、实时时钟440、激活开关450等结构外,射频消融主机110还可以包括转动手柄620、散热风扇630、主板屏蔽罩640以及相关接口。其中相关接口包括连接器插口661、电源开关和接口662、等电位接口663以及脚踏开关接口664。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG6A , in addition to the above hardware modules (such as power module 111, RF module 112, control module 113, input/output module 114, impedance detection module 115, information reading module 116, etc.) and power filter 410, memory 420, audio device 430, real-time clock 440, activation switch 450 and other structures, the RF ablation host 110 may also include a rotating handle 620, a cooling fan 630, a mainboard shielding cover 640 and related interfaces. The related interfaces include a connector socket 661, a power switch and interface 662, an equipotential interface 663 and a foot switch interface 664.
转动手柄620可以被安装于射频消融主机110的上部,用于拿放射频消融主机。在一些实施例中,转动手柄620上可以设有手柄凸起,以使转动手柄落下时可以与射频消融主机110上对应位置的手柄槽缓慢接触,避免碰撞到射频消融主机110。在一些实施例中,转动手柄620可以通过转轴与射频消融主机110连接,转动手柄620可以沿转轴旋转(如旋转0-180度、0-90度、0-160度等)。The rotating handle 620 can be installed on the upper part of the RF ablation host 110 for taking and placing the RF ablation host. In some embodiments, the rotating handle 620 can be provided with a handle protrusion so that when the rotating handle falls, it can slowly contact the handle groove at the corresponding position on the RF ablation host 110 to avoid colliding with the RF ablation host 110. In some embodiments, the rotating handle 620 can be connected to the RF ablation host 110 through a rotating shaft, and the rotating handle 620 can rotate along the rotating shaft (such as rotating 0-180 degrees, 0-90 degrees, 0-160 degrees, etc.).
在一些实施例中,散热风扇630可以设于射频消融主机110的两侧,用以排除射频消融主机110产生的热量。在一些实施例中,主板屏蔽罩640可以设于射频消融主机110的外壳内部,用以屏蔽外部对射频消融主机内部或射频消融主机内部对外部的电磁干扰。在一些实施例中,主板屏蔽罩640可以为金属材料,用以屏蔽干扰的同时,承载滤波器410、电源模块111以及散热风扇630。散热风扇靠近射频消融主机110的壳体的一侧,设置有多个小孔,热量从小孔中排到射频消融仪100外侧。在一些实施例中,射频消融仪100的另一侧也设置有多个小孔(如孔670),用于音频设备430发出的音频传出。In some embodiments, the cooling fan 630 can be provided on both sides of the RF ablation host 110 to remove the heat generated by the RF ablation host 110. In some embodiments, the mainboard shielding cover 640 can be provided inside the shell of the RF ablation host 110 to shield the electromagnetic interference from the outside to the inside of the RF ablation host or from the inside of the RF ablation host to the outside. In some embodiments, the mainboard shielding cover 640 can be made of metal material to shield the interference while carrying the filter 410, the power module 111 and the cooling fan 630. A plurality of small holes are provided on one side of the shell of the RF ablation host 110 close to the cooling fan, and heat is discharged from the small holes to the outside of the RF ablation device 100. In some embodiments, a plurality of small holes (such as hole 670) are also provided on the other side of the RF ablation device 100 for transmitting the audio emitted by the audio device 430.
在一些实施例中,连接器插口661可以设置在射频消融主机的显示屏所在一侧(也称正面),用于连接连接器130,以实现消融电极120与射频消融主机110的连接。通过将连接器接口设置在射频消融主机的显示屏所在一侧,可以便于用户在消融过程中观看显示屏中展示的信息(如电极信息、治疗信息、警示信息等)。In some embodiments, the connector socket 661 can be arranged on the side where the display screen of the RF ablation host is located (also called the front side), and is used to connect the connector 130 to achieve the connection between the ablation electrode 120 and the RF ablation host 110. By arranging the connector interface on the side where the display screen of the RF ablation host is located, it is convenient for the user to view the information displayed on the display screen (such as electrode information, treatment information, warning information, etc.) during the ablation process.
如图6B所示,电源开关和接口662可以设置在射频消融主机的背面(与显示屏相对的一侧),用于射频消融主机110连接外部电源。As shown in FIG. 6B , the power switch and the interface 662 may be disposed on the back side of the RF ablation host (the side opposite to the display screen) for connecting the RF ablation host 110 to an external power source.
如图6B所示,等电位接口663可以设置在射频消融主机的背面,用于当没有接地插座时,使得射频消融主机110可以接地,保证眼科射频消融系统的电气安全。As shown in FIG. 6B , the equipotential interface 663 may be provided on the back of the RF ablation host, and is used to ground the RF ablation host 110 when there is no grounding socket, thereby ensuring the electrical safety of the ophthalmic RF ablation system.
如图6B所示,脚踏开关接口664可以设置在射频消融主机的背面,用于脚踏开关与射频消融主机110的连接。As shown in FIG. 6B , the foot switch interface 664 may be disposed on the back of the RF ablation host, and is used to connect the foot switch to the RF ablation host 110 .
通过将电源开关和接口662、等电位接口663和脚踏开关接口664设置在射频消融主机的背面,可以保证使用的同时提升主机的美观,同时避免接口连接的器件影响到用户观看显示屏上的显示信息。By arranging the power switch and interface 662, equipotential interface 663 and foot switch interface 664 on the back of the RF ablation host, the appearance of the host can be improved while being used, while preventing the devices connected to the interface from affecting the user's viewing of the display information on the display screen.
在一些实施例中,如图6B所示,射频消融主机110还可以包括固定结构650,用于固定在台车140上。在一些实施例中,固定结构650可以为与锁定件240匹配的结构。例如,固定结构650可以为一个长方形的凹槽,该凹槽与锁定件240的形状相同且能够容纳锁定件240,锁定件240在凹槽内旋转一定角度,以实现对射频消融主机的锁止固定。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG6B , the RF ablation host 110 may further include a fixing structure 650 for fixing on the trolley 140. In some embodiments, the fixing structure 650 may be a structure matching the locking member 240. For example, the fixing structure 650 may be a rectangular groove, which has the same shape as the locking member 240 and can accommodate the locking member 240. The locking member 240 rotates a certain angle in the groove to achieve locking and fixing of the RF ablation host.
图7是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的消融电极的示例性示意图。FIG. 7 is an exemplary schematic diagram of an ablation electrode according to some embodiments of the present specification.
在一些实施例中,眼科射频消融系统100可以包括射频消融主机110,以及与射频消融主机110连接的附件,附件包括脚踏开关和消融电极120。In some embodiments, the ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system 100 may include a radiofrequency ablation host 110 and accessories connected to the radiofrequency ablation host 110 , wherein the accessories include a foot switch and an ablation electrode 120 .
如图7和图8A所示,在一些实施例中,消融电极120可以包括带有尖端2的电极针1和操作手柄4,电极针1安装于操作手柄4上。其中,尖端2被配置为刺入眼部组织,以基于射频能量对眼部组织进行消融。在一些实施例中,消融电极120可以包括调节组件3、电极针保护帽6。As shown in Fig. 7 and Fig. 8A, in some embodiments, the ablation electrode 120 may include an electrode needle 1 with a tip 2 and an operating handle 4, wherein the electrode needle 1 is mounted on the operating handle 4. The tip 2 is configured to penetrate into the eye tissue to ablate the eye tissue based on radio frequency energy. In some embodiments, the ablation electrode 120 may include an adjustment component 3 and an electrode needle protective cap 6.
电极针1可以被配置为生成射频消融所需的消融波。例如,消融电极120与射频消融主机110连接后,电极针1利用射频消融主机110提供的射频能量可以产生消融波。The electrode needle 1 may be configured to generate ablation waves required for radiofrequency ablation. For example, after the ablation electrode 120 is connected to the radiofrequency ablation host 110, the electrode needle 1 may generate ablation waves using radiofrequency energy provided by the radiofrequency ablation host 110.
在一些实施例中,如图8A或图8B所示,电极针1整体呈柱体状,包括电极内极21、电极外极23、绝缘结构,绝缘结构可以包括第一绝缘层22、第二绝缘层24。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 8A or FIG. 8B , the electrode needle 1 is cylindrical as a whole, and includes an electrode inner pole 21 , an electrode outer pole 23 , and an insulating structure, and the insulating structure may include a first insulating layer 22 and a second insulating layer 24 .
在一些实施例中,柱体结构横截面沿电极针的径向方向从内到外依次为电极内极21、第一绝缘层22、电极外极23、第二绝缘层24,电极内极21、第一绝缘层22、电极外极23以及第二绝缘层24的中心轴线Z为同一直线。In some embodiments, the cross-section of the columnar structure along the radial direction of the electrode needle from inside to outside is the electrode inner pole 21, the first insulating layer 22, the electrode outer pole 23, and the second insulating layer 24, and the central axis Z of the electrode inner pole 21, the first insulating layer 22, the electrode outer pole 23 and the second insulating layer 24 is the same straight line.
在一些实施例中,电极针1的外直径范围可以包括0.3~0.8mm,其中电极内极21的外直径范围可以包括0.1~0.4mm,第一绝缘层22的外直径范围可以包括0.03~0.2mm,电极外极23的外直径范围可以包括0.05~0.2mm,第二绝缘层厚度24的外直径范围可以包括0.03~0.2mm。In some embodiments, the outer diameter range of the electrode needle 1 may include 0.3~0.8mm, wherein the outer diameter range of the electrode inner pole 21 may include 0.1~0.4mm, the outer diameter range of the first insulating layer 22 may include 0.03~0.2mm, the outer diameter range of the electrode outer pole 23 may include 0.05~0.2mm, and the outer diameter range of the second insulating layer thickness 24 may include 0.03~0.2mm.
在一些实施例中,内极的构成材料可以包括钨、铂金、铂铱合金等。外极的构成材料可以包括不锈钢、钛合金。例如,2Cr13、1Cr13、TC4等。绝缘结构的构成材料可以包括聚酰亚胺、聚醚醚酮、陶瓷、派瑞林、PTFE、玻璃、abs、PC、pom等。In some embodiments, the constituent material of the inner pole may include tungsten, platinum, platinum-iridium alloy, etc. The constituent material of the outer pole may include stainless steel, titanium alloy, for example, 2Cr13, 1Cr13, TC4, etc. The constituent material of the insulating structure may include polyimide, polyetheretherketone, ceramic, parylene, PTFE, glass, ABS, PC, POM, etc.
在一些实施例中,尖端2可以由研磨形成,其沿轴线方向的长度范围可以包括0.6~1.5mm,锥形的尖端2的母线与中心轴线Z夹角范围可以包括10~20°,优选为12-16°,这样可以使得电极针的尖端2在足够尖的情况下满足强度需求,且不会因太尖细而出现针尖卷曲或产生毛刺。In some embodiments, the tip 2 can be formed by grinding, and its length along the axial direction can range from 0.6 to 1.5 mm. The angle between the generatrix of the conical tip 2 and the central axis Z can range from 10 to 20°, preferably 12-16°. In this way, the tip 2 of the electrode needle can meet the strength requirements while being sharp enough, and will not curl or produce burrs due to being too sharp.
在一些实施例中,当消融电极120连接射频消融主机110后,消融电极120的内极区域与外极区域之间产生消融波。In some embodiments, when the ablation electrode 120 is connected to the radiofrequency ablation host 110 , an ablation wave is generated between the inner pole region and the outer pole region of the ablation electrode 120 .
操作手柄4被配置为用于控制消融电极位置。在一些实施例中,结合图7、图14、图15所示,操作手柄4可以呈细长状,包括手柄端头41和手柄柄身42,手柄端头41和手柄柄身42之间可以通过可拆卸连接方式进行连接,以方便操作手柄42更换不同的手柄端头41。其中,可拆卸连接方式可以包括插接、卡接、螺接等等。The operating handle 4 is configured to control the position of the ablation electrode. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7 , FIG. 14 , and FIG. 15 , the operating handle 4 may be slender, including a handle end 41 and a handle body 42 , and the handle end 41 and the handle body 42 may be connected in a detachable manner to facilitate the replacement of different handle ends 41 by the operating handle 42 . The detachable connection may include plug-in, snap-on, screw-on, and the like.
在一些实施例中,操作手柄4的构成材料可以包括ABS、PVC、PET、PA或其它医用级高分子材料以及工程改性塑料。In some embodiments, the operating handle 4 may be made of ABS, PVC, PET, PA or other medical-grade polymer materials and engineering modified plastics.
在一些实施例中,手柄端头41可以呈锥形结构,横截面可以为圆形。手柄端头一端的横截面的直径小于另一端的横截面的直径,横截面的直径较小的一端为手柄端头的前端,横截面的直径较大的一端为手柄端头的后端。In some embodiments, the handle end 41 may be tapered and may have a circular cross section. The diameter of the cross section at one end of the handle end is smaller than the diameter of the cross section at the other end, the end with the smaller cross section diameter is the front end of the handle end, and the end with the larger cross section diameter is the rear end of the handle end.
在一些实施例中,手柄端头41的前端和后端之间的预设位置可以设有第一环形凸缘411。其中,预设位置可以包括手柄端头的中部。In some embodiments, a first annular flange 411 may be provided at a preset position between the front end and the rear end of the handle end 41. The preset position may include the middle portion of the handle end.
在一些实施例中,第一环形凸缘411可以与手柄端头的后侧之间形成抵靠部412。抵靠部412可以用于中指抵靠,防止使用操作手柄时手指打滑,提高手部握持操作手柄的舒适度。在一些实施例中,抵靠部的横截面的直径可以沿着第一环形凸缘至手柄端头的后端的方向上先逐渐减小再逐渐增大。In some embodiments, the first annular flange 411 may form abutment portion 412 with the rear side of the handle end. The butt portion 412 may be used for the middle finger to butt against, to prevent the finger from slipping when using the operating handle, and to improve the comfort of the hand holding the operating handle. In some embodiments, the diameter of the cross section of the butt portion may first gradually decrease and then gradually increase in the direction from the first annular flange to the rear end of the handle end.
在一些实施例中,手柄端头41的前后两端可以设有第一通孔43,电极针1以永久性固定连接(例如注塑或胶黏等)或非永久性固定连接(例如插接、卡接、螺接等可拆卸连接)的方式与第一通孔43固定连接。In some embodiments, a first through hole 43 may be provided at the front and rear ends of the handle end 41, and the electrode needle 1 is fixedly connected to the first through hole 43 by a permanent fixed connection (such as injection molding or gluing, etc.) or a non-permanent fixed connection (such as a detachable connection such as plug-in, snap-on, screw-on, etc.).
在一些实施例中,手柄端头41的内部可以设有定位套管413,定位套管413与手柄端头41的中心轴线重合且定位套管413的自由端朝手柄端头41的后侧进一步延伸,手柄端头41通过定位套管413与手柄柄身42可拆卸连接。例如,定位套管413和手柄柄身42中的一个上设有第一定位凹槽414,定位套管413和手柄柄身42中的另一个上设有与第一定位凹槽414相配合的定位凸起421。In some embodiments, a positioning sleeve 413 may be provided inside the handle end 41, the positioning sleeve 413 coincides with the central axis of the handle end 41 and the free end of the positioning sleeve 413 further extends toward the rear side of the handle end 41, and the handle end 41 is detachably connected to the handle body 42 through the positioning sleeve 413. For example, one of the positioning sleeve 413 and the handle body 42 is provided with a first positioning groove 414, and the other of the positioning sleeve 413 and the handle body 42 is provided with a positioning protrusion 421 that matches the first positioning groove 414.
在一些实施例中,定位套管413的周向设置有多个第一定位凹槽414,手柄柄身42的内部对应设置有多个与第一定位凹槽414相配合的定位凸起421,定位凸起421可插置在第一定位凹槽414内,以实现手柄端头41固定于手柄柄身42。优选地,第一定位凹槽414可以具有两个,沿定位套管413的周向对称设置。In some embodiments, the positioning sleeve 413 is provided with a plurality of first positioning grooves 414 in the circumference thereof, and the handle body 42 is provided with a plurality of positioning protrusions 421 corresponding to the first positioning grooves 414, and the positioning protrusions 421 can be inserted into the first positioning grooves 414 to fix the handle end 41 to the handle body 42. Preferably, there can be two first positioning grooves 414, which are symmetrically arranged along the circumference of the positioning sleeve 413.
在一些实施例中,定位套管413的周向可以设置有多个定位凸起,在手柄柄身42的内部对应设置有多个与该定位凸起相配合的第一定位凹槽,定位凸起可插置在第一定位凹槽内,以实现手柄端头41固定于手柄柄身42。In some embodiments, a plurality of positioning protrusions may be provided around the positioning sleeve 413, and a plurality of first positioning grooves matching the positioning protrusions may be provided inside the handle body 42 correspondingly. The positioning protrusions may be inserted into the first positioning grooves to fix the handle end 41 to the handle body 42.
在一些实施例中,定位套管413的内部可以设有配重腔体45,腔体45内插置有配重块46,设置配重块46能够提高使用者的操作手感。配重块46呈管状结构,配重块46的周向还设置有多个与第一定位凹槽414相对应的第二定位凹槽47,定位凸起421插过第一定位凹槽414后,进一步插置在第二定位凹槽47内,这样加强手柄端头41与手柄柄身42之间的固定连接,同时还起到了防止配重块46脱离配重腔体45的作用。In some embodiments, a counterweight cavity 45 may be provided inside the positioning sleeve 413, and a counterweight block 46 may be inserted into the cavity 45. The counterweight block 46 may improve the user's operating feel. The counterweight block 46 is a tubular structure, and a plurality of second positioning grooves 47 corresponding to the first positioning groove 414 are also provided around the counterweight block 46. After the positioning protrusion 421 is inserted through the first positioning groove 414, it is further inserted into the second positioning groove 47, thereby strengthening the fixed connection between the handle end 41 and the handle body 42, and also preventing the counterweight block 46 from being separated from the counterweight cavity 45.
在一些实施例中,如图15所示,电极内极11在其轴向方向上的长度可以大于第一绝缘层12、电极外极13、第二绝缘层14的长度,电极内极11远离针尖2的一端(即处于操作手柄4内部的一端)通过连接导线或套设在电极内极11上的金属连接管36与操作手柄4内部的存储芯片5电连接。电极针1位于操作手柄4内部的一端局部剥离第二绝缘层14,露出电极外极13,电极外极13通过连接导线与存储芯片5电连接。连接导线与存储芯片5之间可通过焊接的方式电连接,例如微电阻焊、激光焊接、钎焊等。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG15 , the length of the electrode inner pole 11 in the axial direction can be greater than the length of the first insulating layer 12, the electrode outer pole 13, and the second insulating layer 14, and the end of the electrode inner pole 11 away from the needle tip 2 (i.e., the end inside the operating handle 4) is electrically connected to the storage chip 5 inside the operating handle 4 through a connecting wire or a metal connecting tube 36 sleeved on the electrode inner pole 11. The second insulating layer 14 is partially peeled off at one end of the electrode needle 1 located inside the operating handle 4 to expose the electrode outer pole 13, and the electrode outer pole 13 is electrically connected to the storage chip 5 through a connecting wire. The connecting wire and the storage chip 5 can be electrically connected by welding, such as micro-resistance welding, laser welding, brazing, etc.
在一些实施例中,手柄柄身42可以呈细长弧形,与手柄端头的后端相连接的一端为手柄柄身的前端,另一端为手柄柄身的后端。In some embodiments, the handle body 42 may be in the shape of an elongated arc, with one end connected to the rear end of the handle end being the front end of the handle body, and the other end being the rear end of the handle body.
在一些实施例中,手柄柄身的前端可以设有第二环形凸缘422,第二环形凸缘422与手柄柄身42的后端之间形成握持部423。握持部423的横截面为圆形,且握持部423的横截面尺寸在从第二环形凸缘422至手柄柄身42的后端的方向上先逐渐减小再逐渐增大。握持部423可以用于手部的大拇指和食指进行握持,以提高手部握持操作手柄的舒适感。In some embodiments, the front end of the handle body may be provided with a second annular flange 422, and a grip portion 423 is formed between the second annular flange 422 and the rear end of the handle body 42. The cross section of the grip portion 423 is circular, and the cross-sectional size of the grip portion 423 gradually decreases and then gradually increases in the direction from the second annular flange 422 to the rear end of the handle body 42. The grip portion 423 can be used for gripping by the thumb and index finger of the hand to improve the comfort of the hand gripping the operating handle.
在一些实施例中,手柄柄身42可以包括左壳体8、右壳体9以及上壳体7。在一些实施例中,左壳体8、右壳体9可以为相同且对称的结构,并通过可拆卸方式进行连接。在一些实施例中,上壳体7可以插置于左壳体8、右壳体9所形成的开口处。In some embodiments, the handle body 42 may include a left shell 8, a right shell 9, and an upper shell 7. In some embodiments, the left shell 8 and the right shell 9 may have the same and symmetrical structures and be connected in a detachable manner. In some embodiments, the upper shell 7 may be inserted into the opening formed by the left shell 8 and the right shell 9.
在一些实施例中,结合图14、图17所示,左壳体8和右壳体9的顶部中间区域可以各设有开口75,以允许上壳体7可插置在由两个开口75所形成的安装凹槽76内。优选地,开口75可以采用弧形开口,以使开口75的形状与手柄柄身42截面变化更匹配。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 17 , the top middle regions of the left shell 8 and the right shell 9 may each be provided with an opening 75 to allow the upper shell 7 to be inserted into a mounting groove 76 formed by the two openings 75. Preferably, the opening 75 may be an arc-shaped opening so that the shape of the opening 75 better matches the cross-sectional variation of the handle body 42.
在一些实施例中,上壳体7的底部靠近前端的位置处可以设有第一固定卡块71,每个开口75的前端下侧均设有第一固定卡槽77,第一固定卡块71能够插接且固定在由两个第一固定卡槽77所形成的第一固定卡孔78内,即上壳体7的前端可通过第一固定卡块71卡合在第一固定卡孔78内。In some embodiments, a first fixed block 71 may be provided at the bottom of the upper shell 7 near the front end, and a first fixed slot 77 may be provided on the lower side of the front end of each opening 75. The first fixed block 71 can be inserted and fixed in a first fixed hole 78 formed by the two first fixed slots 77, that is, the front end of the upper shell 7 can be engaged in the first fixed hole 78 through the first fixed block 71.
在一些实施例中,上壳体7的底部中间区域的两侧可以设有插接卡块72,开口75的中间部位的下侧可以设有与插接卡块72相配合的插接卡槽79,上壳体7的两端可以通过插接卡块72分别插接在左壳体8和右壳体9内的插接卡槽79内。In some embodiments, plug-in card blocks 72 may be provided on both sides of the middle area of the bottom of the upper shell 7, and a plug-in card slot 79 matching the plug-in card block 72 may be provided on the lower side of the middle part of the opening 75, and the two ends of the upper shell 7 can be respectively plugged into the plug-in card slots 79 in the left shell 8 and the right shell 9 through the plug-in card blocks 72.
在一些实施例中,上壳体7的底部靠近后端的位置处可以设有第二固定卡块81,每个开口75的后端下侧均设有第二固定卡槽70,第二固定卡块81能够插接且固定于由两个第二固定卡槽70所形成的第二固定卡孔82内,即上壳体7的后端可通过第二固定卡块81卡合在第二固定卡孔82内。In some embodiments, a second fixing block 81 may be provided at the bottom of the upper shell 7 near the rear end, and a second fixing slot 70 may be provided on the lower side of the rear end of each opening 75. The second fixing block 81 can be inserted and fixed in a second fixing hole 82 formed by the two second fixing slots 70, that is, the rear end of the upper shell 7 can be engaged in the second fixing hole 82 through the second fixing block 81.
在一些实施例中,上壳体7的底部中间区域可以设有安装凸块73,安装凸块73与两侧的插接卡块72一体成型。安装凸块73的下表面可以设有朝其上表面延伸的安装腔体74,以允许存储芯片5容纳且固定在安装腔体74内。In some embodiments, a mounting protrusion 73 may be provided in the middle area of the bottom of the upper housing 7, and the mounting protrusion 73 is integrally formed with the plug-in card blocks 72 on both sides. The lower surface of the mounting protrusion 73 may be provided with a mounting cavity 74 extending toward its upper surface to allow the memory chip 5 to be accommodated and fixed in the mounting cavity 74.
在一些实施例中,上壳体7的后端可以设置有穿线孔83,穿线孔83可供与电极针1或存储芯片5相连接的信号线缆穿过。In some embodiments, a threading hole 83 may be provided at the rear end of the upper housing 7 , and the threading hole 83 may allow a signal cable connected to the electrode needle 1 or the storage chip 5 to pass through.
调节组件3被配置为插入电极针1的外表面,且可相对电极针1的轴向移动,用于调节电极针1外露于调节组件3的长度。在一些实施例中,调节组件可以包括调节管3。The adjustment component 3 is configured to be inserted into the outer surface of the electrode needle 1 and can move relative to the axial direction of the electrode needle 1 to adjust the length of the electrode needle 1 exposed from the adjustment component 3. In some embodiments, the adjustment component may include an adjustment tube 3.
在一些实施例中,调节管3的内直径大于电极针1的外直径,电极针1与调节管3之间可以形成突出台阶,当电极针的尖端刺入眼部组织后,突出台阶可以抵触在眼表,阻挡调节管刺入眼部组织。In some embodiments, the inner diameter of the adjustment tube 3 is larger than the outer diameter of the electrode needle 1, and a protruding step can be formed between the electrode needle 1 and the adjustment tube 3. When the tip of the electrode needle penetrates the eye tissue, the protruding step can contact the eye surface and prevent the adjustment tube from penetrating the eye tissue.
可以理解的是,电极针1外露于调节管3的长度即为电极针1刺入眼部组织的深度。在一些实施例中,电极针刺入眼部组织的深度可以包括0.5mm~2.5mm。例如,0.5mm、0.7mm、1.1mm、1.5mm、2.5mm等。其中,电极针刺入眼部组织的深度可以基于使用需求确定。It is understood that the length of the electrode needle 1 exposed from the adjustment tube 3 is the depth of the electrode needle 1 penetrating the eye tissue. In some embodiments, the depth of the electrode needle penetrating the eye tissue may include 0.5mm to 2.5mm. For example, 0.5mm, 0.7mm, 1.1mm, 1.5mm, 2.5mm, etc. Among them, the depth of the electrode needle penetrating the eye tissue can be determined based on the use requirements.
在一些实施例中,调节管3可以包括多种不同长度的调节管,调节管的长度不同,电极针外露于调节管的长度不同。例如,电极针刺入眼部组织的深度由1.5mm变为2.5mm,相较于前一次使用的调节管,需要使用长度缩短1mm的调节管。In some embodiments, the adjustment tube 3 may include adjustment tubes of different lengths, and the lengths of the electrode needles exposed from the adjustment tubes are different. For example, if the depth of the electrode needles penetrating the eye tissue changes from 1.5 mm to 2.5 mm, a 1 mm shorter adjustment tube is required compared to the previous adjustment tube.
在一些实施例中,调节管3可以通过多种方式安装于调节手柄4。例如,调节管可以通过磁吸固定于操作手柄。例如,调节管可以通过插接固定安装于操作手柄。In some embodiments, the adjusting tube 3 can be installed on the adjusting handle 4 in a variety of ways. For example, the adjusting tube can be fixed to the operating handle by magnetic attraction. For example, the adjusting tube can be fixed to the operating handle by plugging.
在一些实施例中,如图9A或9B所示,调节管一端的外表面设有数值标识31,另一端的外表面设有到位标识32。数值标识31可以表征电极针外露于调节管的长度,例如,数值标识为2.5mm,表示电极针外露于调节管的长度为2.5mm。到位标识32可以表征调节管插入到可以与操作手柄固定连接的位置。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 9A or 9B, a numerical mark 31 is provided on the outer surface of one end of the adjusting tube, and a position mark 32 is provided on the outer surface of the other end. The numerical mark 31 can represent the length of the electrode needle exposed from the adjusting tube. For example, the numerical mark 2.5 mm indicates that the length of the electrode needle exposed from the adjusting tube is 2.5 mm. The position mark 32 can represent that the adjusting tube is inserted to a position where it can be fixedly connected to the operating handle.
在一些实施例中,到位标识32可以包括设于调节管表层的色彩区域321或色彩环322,色彩区域321或色彩环322完全被操作手柄遮蔽时,表示调节管插入到可以与操作手柄固定连接的位置。In some embodiments, the in-position mark 32 may include a color area 321 or a color ring 322 provided on the surface of the adjusting tube. When the color area 321 or the color ring 322 is completely covered by the operating handle, it indicates that the adjusting tube is inserted into a position where it can be fixedly connected to the operating handle.
电极针保护帽6被配置为防护电极针。在一些实施例中,如图16所示,电极针保护帽6可以呈空心的锥形结构,罩设且固定在手柄端头41的外围。The electrode needle protection cap 6 is configured to protect the electrode needle. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG16 , the electrode needle protection cap 6 may be a hollow conical structure, covering and fixed on the periphery of the handle end 41 .
在一些实施例中,电极针保护帽6上可以设置有第二通孔61,第二通孔61连接电极针保护帽6相对的前后两侧,以允许调节管3从第二通孔61穿入。电极针保护帽6上设有在电极针保护帽6的径向方向贯穿电极针保护帽6的沿轴向延伸的条形通孔62。In some embodiments, the electrode needle protection cap 6 may be provided with a second through hole 61, which connects the front and rear sides of the electrode needle protection cap 6 to allow the adjustment tube 3 to pass through the second through hole 61. The electrode needle protection cap 6 is provided with a strip through hole 62 that penetrates the electrode needle protection cap 6 in the radial direction of the electrode needle protection cap 6 and extends along the axial direction.
在一些实施例中,条形通孔62内可以形成有预设数量的条形夹持臂63,每个条形夹持臂63的自由端朝向靠近第二通孔61的方向延伸,条形夹持臂63弹性形变后可夹持调节管3。其中,预设数量可以包括2个。In some embodiments, a preset number of strip-shaped clamping arms 63 may be formed in the strip-shaped through hole 62, and the free end of each strip-shaped clamping arm 63 extends toward the direction close to the second through hole 61. The strip-shaped clamping arm 63 can clamp the adjusting tube 3 after elastic deformation. The preset number may include 2.
在一些实施例中,条形夹持臂63可以相互对称设置,两个条形夹持臂63的相向内侧设置有凸出的夹持部631,且夹持部631的夹持面上分别具有半圆形的凹槽(未图示),当调节管3从第二通孔61穿入时,夹持部631内表面的凹槽形成引导通道,夹持部631的该引导通道将调节管3引导对准并进入第一通孔43。In some embodiments, the strip-shaped clamping arms 63 can be symmetrically arranged with respect to each other, and protruding clamping portions 631 are arranged on the inner sides facing each other of the two strip-shaped clamping arms 63, and the clamping surfaces of the clamping portions 631 respectively have semicircular grooves (not shown). When the adjusting tube 3 passes through the second through hole 61, the grooves on the inner surfaces of the clamping portions 631 form a guide channel, and the guide channel of the clamping portion 631 guides the adjusting tube 3 to align and enter the first through hole 43.
在一些实施例中,可以借助电极针保护帽6插入调节管3,具体安装调节管3的操作步骤如下:操作者选择所需型号的调节管3,将选定的调节管3从电极针保护帽6的第二通孔61插入,同时按压多个条形夹持臂63使其集中加紧调节管3,并形成引导调节管3对准插入操作手柄4的第一通孔43的引导通道,实现对调节管3的快速插入。In some embodiments, the adjusting tube 3 can be inserted with the help of the electrode needle protective cap 6. The specific operating steps for installing the adjusting tube 3 are as follows: the operator selects the required model of the adjusting tube 3, inserts the selected adjusting tube 3 from the second through hole 61 of the electrode needle protective cap 6, and presses multiple strip clamping arms 63 at the same time to tighten the adjusting tube 3 centrally, and forms a guide channel to guide the adjusting tube 3 to align with the first through hole 43 of the insertion operating handle 4, thereby realizing the rapid insertion of the adjusting tube 3.
在一些实施例中,可以借助电极针保护帽6自由更换不同长度尺寸的调节管3,为更换调节管3起到了良好的导向作用,方便调节管3快速插入操作手柄4,能够快速获得所需的电极针1刺入眼内的深度。In some embodiments, the electrode needle protective cap 6 can be used to freely replace the adjustment tube 3 of different lengths, which plays a good guiding role in replacing the adjustment tube 3, facilitates the rapid insertion of the adjustment tube 3 into the operating handle 4, and can quickly obtain the required depth of the electrode needle 1 inserted into the eye.
在一些实施例中,消融电极120可以包括三个或以上电极针。其中,三个或以上电极针中其中一个电极针作为电极内极位于消融电极120的中心,其余的电极针作为电极外极围绕所述其中一个电极针设置,绝缘结构设置在电极内极和电极外极之间。In some embodiments, the ablation electrode 120 may include three or more electrode needles, wherein one of the three or more electrode needles is located at the center of the ablation electrode 120 as an inner electrode pole, and the remaining electrode needles are arranged around the one electrode needle as outer electrode poles, and the insulating structure is arranged between the inner electrode pole and the outer electrode pole.
请参图10,图10中示出了包含三个或以上电极针的消融电极的示例。如图10中所示,以包含5个电极针为例,消融电极120的前端呈锥形结构,在锥形结构的尖端位置可以设置有电极内极1021,锥形结构的锥面上电极内极1021的外围设有4个电极外极1023,电极内极1021和4个电极外极1023之间的其余部分为浇注成型的绝缘结构。可以理解,图10中仅作为示例,在一些实施例中,电极内极1021的外围可以设置有3个、5个、6个、7个等任意数量的电极外极。在一些实施例中,多个电极外极在消融电极的横截面可以形成三角形、四边形、五边形等规则或不规则形状。在一些实施例中,电极内极1021可以位于多个电极外极的非中心位置,如靠近左侧或靠近右侧等。在一些实施例中,绝缘结构的构成材料可以与上述图8A所示电极针1中的绝缘结构的构成材料相同。Please refer to FIG. 10 , which shows an example of an ablation electrode including three or more electrode needles. As shown in FIG. 10 , taking the example of an ablation electrode including five electrode needles, the front end of the ablation electrode 120 is a conical structure, and an electrode inner pole 1021 may be provided at the tip of the conical structure, and four electrode outer poles 1023 are provided on the conical surface of the conical structure at the periphery of the electrode inner pole 1021, and the remaining part between the electrode inner pole 1021 and the four electrode outer poles 1023 is a cast insulating structure. It can be understood that FIG. 10 is only an example, and in some embodiments, the periphery of the electrode inner pole 1021 may be provided with any number of electrode outer poles, such as 3, 5, 6, 7, etc. In some embodiments, the multiple electrode outer poles may form a regular or irregular shape, such as a triangle, a quadrilateral, a pentagon, etc., in the cross section of the ablation electrode. In some embodiments, the electrode inner pole 1021 may be located at a non-central position of the multiple electrode outer poles, such as near the left side or near the right side. In some embodiments, the constituent material of the insulating structure may be the same as the constituent material of the insulating structure in the electrode needle 1 shown in FIG. 8A above.
在一些实施例中,图10所示的消融电极120的尖端可以通过研磨形成,在研磨过程中锥形针尖的尖端由电极内极1021形成针尖,锥面上电极外极1023随着研磨露出。在一些实施例中,图10所示的消融电极120的电极内极和电极外极的直径尺寸范围可以包括0.1-0.3mm,每个电极针的整体尺寸可以与上述电极针1相同。In some embodiments, the tip of the ablation electrode 120 shown in FIG. 10 can be formed by grinding, and during the grinding process, the tip of the conical needle tip is formed by the electrode inner pole 1021 to form a needle tip, and the electrode outer pole 1023 on the cone surface is exposed as the grinding progresses. In some embodiments, the diameter size range of the electrode inner pole and the electrode outer pole of the ablation electrode 120 shown in FIG. 10 may include 0.1-0.3 mm, and the overall size of each electrode needle may be the same as the electrode needle 1 described above.
在一些实施例中,消融电极120可以包括偶数个电极针,所述偶数个电极针中的其中一半数量的电极针为电极正极,另一半数量的电极针为电极负极,且电极正极和电极负极交替间隔设置,绝缘结构设置在每个电极针的外围。In some embodiments, the ablation electrode 120 may include an even number of electrode needles, half of which are positive electrodes and the other half are negative electrodes, and the positive electrodes and negative electrodes are alternately arranged, and an insulating structure is arranged on the periphery of each electrode needle.
请参见图11,图中示出了包含偶数个电极针的消融电极的示意。如图11所示,消融电极120可以由偶数个(如4个、6个、8个、10个等)电极针构成,且偶数个电极针中的其中一半数量的电极针为电极正极11-1,另一半数量的电极针为电极负极11-2。其中,电极负极11-2和电极正极11-1可以交替间隔设置,绝缘结构可以套设于每个电极针的外围。Please refer to FIG. 11, which shows a schematic diagram of an ablation electrode including an even number of electrode needles. As shown in FIG. 11, the ablation electrode 120 can be composed of an even number of electrode needles (such as 4, 6, 8, 10, etc.), and half of the electrode needles in the even number of electrode needles are electrode positive electrodes 11-1, and the other half of the electrode needles are electrode negative electrodes 11-2. Among them, the electrode negative electrode 11-2 and the electrode positive electrode 11-1 can be alternately arranged, and the insulating structure can be sleeved on the periphery of each electrode needle.
在一些实施例中,偶数个电极针可以呈圆形、三角形、多边形等结构排列。优选地,偶数个电极针可以呈弧形(如半弧形、三分之二弧形、四分之三弧形等)排列,插置于操作手柄,弧形排列的电极针能够较好适应眼部组织的形状。值得注意的是,图11所示的消融电极的操作手柄或外壳的结构可以不同于图7所示的操作手柄的结构。当消融电极连接射频消融主机且有射频能量输出时,相邻的两个电极针之间可以形成消融带,从而发产生消融波。其中,间隔设置的电极针的间距范围可以包括0.3-0.9mm。In some embodiments, an even number of electrode needles may be arranged in a circular, triangular, polygonal or other structure. Preferably, an even number of electrode needles may be arranged in an arc shape (such as a semi-arc, two-thirds arc, three-quarters arc, etc.), and inserted into an operating handle. The arc-shaped electrode needles can better adapt to the shape of the eye tissue. It is worth noting that the structure of the operating handle or shell of the ablation electrode shown in Figure 11 may be different from the structure of the operating handle shown in Figure 7. When the ablation electrode is connected to the radiofrequency ablation host and radiofrequency energy is output, an ablation zone may be formed between two adjacent electrode needles, thereby generating an ablation wave. Among them, the spacing range of the spaced electrode needles may include 0.3-0.9mm.
在一些实施例中,图11所示的消融电极120中的偶数个电极针的尺寸范围、构成材料可以与上述电极针1相同。在一些实施例中,偶数个电极针可以多排排列等。In some embodiments, the size range and constituent materials of the even-numbered electrode needles in the ablation electrode 120 shown in Fig. 11 may be the same as those of the electrode needle 1. In some embodiments, the even-numbered electrode needles may be arranged in multiple rows.
在一些实施例中,消融电极120可以包括一个电极针,该电极针的电极内极、绝缘结构和电极外极在电极针的尖端沿消融电极的轴向方向呈台阶状。In some embodiments, the ablation electrode 120 may include an electrode needle, the electrode inner pole, the insulating structure and the electrode outer pole of the electrode needle are stepped at the tip of the electrode needle along the axial direction of the ablation electrode.
请参图12A和12B,图中示出了电极针呈台阶状的消融电极。如图12A和12B所示,消融电极120包含一个电极针12,电极针12的中心为电极内极1221,电极内极1221外围设有绝缘结构1222,电极外极1223套设于绝缘结构1222外,且电极内极1221、绝缘结构1222和电极外极1223在电极针12的尖端沿电极针的轴向方向形成台阶状结构。在一些实施例中,电极内极1221与绝缘结构1222之间可以设有绝缘结构过渡部,用于避免形成台阶导致电极针难刺入眼部组织。其中绝缘结构1222的外直径为0.3-0.8mm。在一些实施例中,电极针12可以为非圆柱体结构。Please refer to Figures 12A and 12B, which show an ablation electrode with a step-shaped electrode needle. As shown in Figures 12A and 12B, the ablation electrode 120 includes an electrode needle 12, the center of the electrode needle 12 is an electrode inner pole 1221, an insulating structure 1222 is provided on the periphery of the electrode inner pole 1221, an electrode outer pole 1223 is sleeved outside the insulating structure 1222, and the electrode inner pole 1221, the insulating structure 1222 and the electrode outer pole 1223 form a step-shaped structure at the tip of the electrode needle 12 along the axial direction of the electrode needle. In some embodiments, an insulating structure transition portion may be provided between the electrode inner pole 1221 and the insulating structure 1222 to avoid the formation of steps that make it difficult for the electrode needle to penetrate the eye tissue. The outer diameter of the insulating structure 1222 is 0.3-0.8 mm. In some embodiments, the electrode needle 12 may be a non-cylindrical structure.
如图12A所示,在一些实施例中,电极外极1223在电极针12的尖端与绝缘结构1222连接处,沿电极针的径向方向可以形成一个凸出于电极外极1523外表面的凸台1224。凸台1224可以为盘状,消融时贴于患者眼表。在一些实施例中,凸台1223可以为长方体、正方体、圆柱体、不规则体等任意形状。在一些实施例中,凸台1224的厚度(即沿电极针轴向方向的长度)可以在0.1-0.3mm范围内。在一些实施例中,电极针12的尖端的端部至凸台下表面的轴向距离可以在0.5-1.8mm范围内。As shown in FIG12A , in some embodiments, the electrode outer pole 1223 may form a boss 1224 protruding from the outer surface of the electrode outer pole 1523 along the radial direction of the electrode needle at the connection between the tip of the electrode needle 12 and the insulating structure 1222. The boss 1224 may be disc-shaped and attached to the patient's ocular surface during ablation. In some embodiments, the boss 1223 may be any shape such as a cuboid, a cube, a cylinder, an irregular body, etc. In some embodiments, the thickness of the boss 1224 (i.e., the length along the axial direction of the electrode needle) may be in the range of 0.1-0.3 mm. In some embodiments, the axial distance from the end of the tip of the electrode needle 12 to the lower surface of the boss may be in the range of 0.5-1.8 mm.
如图12B所示,在一些实施例中,电极针12可以不设置凸台1224,即电极外极1223和绝缘结构1222之间形成的环形台面直接和眼表接触。As shown in FIG. 12B , in some embodiments, the electrode needle 12 may not be provided with the boss 1224 , that is, the annular table surface formed between the electrode outer pole 1223 and the insulating structure 1222 directly contacts the eye surface.
在一些实施例中,电极针12可以仅包括电极内极和电极内极外围的绝缘结构,电极外极以贴片的形式贴于待射频消融的眼部周围。In some embodiments, the electrode needle 12 may only include an inner electrode and an insulating structure around the inner electrode, and the outer electrode is attached to the periphery of the eye to be subjected to radiofrequency ablation in the form of a patch.
在一些实施例中,消融电极120可以包括一个夹层电极针13,夹层电极针13其沿径向方向包括电极正极、电极负极和设置于电极正极和电极负极之间的绝缘层,绝缘层形成电极针的针尖的尖端。在一些实施例中,夹层电极针13可以为异形结构电极针,或规则的具有锥尖的柱形结构电极针。In some embodiments, the ablation electrode 120 may include a sandwich electrode needle 13, which includes an electrode positive electrode, an electrode negative electrode, and an insulating layer disposed between the electrode positive electrode and the electrode negative electrode in a radial direction, wherein the insulating layer forms the tip of the electrode needle. In some embodiments, the sandwich electrode needle 13 may be an electrode needle of a special-shaped structure, or a regular cylindrical structure electrode needle with a conical tip.
请参图13,图中示出了沿消融电极的径向方向层叠设置的消融电极。如图13所示,电极针13可以呈非圆柱体结构以及非圆锥尖端。在一些实施例中,沿电极针13的径向可以包括第一极1311、第二极1312以及设置在第一极和第二极之间的绝缘夹层1313(即绝缘结构)。其中第一极1311和第二极1312分别为电极正极和电极负极。如第一极为电极正极,第二极为电极负极;或第一极为电极负极,第二极为电极正极。在一些实施例中,第一极1311、第二极1312和绝缘夹1313在电极针13的横截面可以形成类似六边形的结构。在一些实施例中,绝缘夹层1313的厚度(沿电极针径向方向的长度)可以在0.1-0.3mm范围内。在一些实施例中,电极针13的尖端沿其轴向方向的长度可以在0.3-1.5mm范围内。Please refer to FIG. 13 , which shows ablation electrodes stacked in the radial direction of the ablation electrode. As shown in FIG. 13 , the electrode needle 13 may be a non-cylindrical structure and a non-conical tip. In some embodiments, the electrode needle 13 may include a first pole 1311, a second pole 1312, and an insulating interlayer 1313 (i.e., an insulating structure) disposed between the first pole and the second pole along the radial direction. The first pole 1311 and the second pole 1312 are respectively the positive electrode and the negative electrode. For example, the first pole is the positive electrode, and the second pole is the negative electrode; or the first pole is the negative electrode, and the second pole is the positive electrode. In some embodiments, the first pole 1311, the second pole 1312, and the insulating interlayer 1313 may form a hexagonal structure in the cross section of the electrode needle 13. In some embodiments, the thickness of the insulating interlayer 1313 (the length along the radial direction of the electrode needle) may be in the range of 0.1-0.3 mm. In some embodiments, the length of the tip of the electrode needle 13 along its axial direction may be in the range of 0.3-1.5 mm.
在一些实施例中,绝缘结构的构成材料可以包括玻璃、陶瓷、玄武岩等。第一极和第二极的构成材料与上述电极针1相同。In some embodiments, the constituent material of the insulating structure may include glass, ceramic, basalt, etc. The constituent materials of the first pole and the second pole are the same as those of the electrode needle 1 described above.
在一些实施例中,上述电极针1、电极针11、电极针12、电极针13可以采用多种方式形成绝缘结构或绝缘结构和电极外极。例如,电极针可以采用包覆层的方式形成绝缘结构或绝缘结构和电极外极,通过研磨形成电极尖端。例如,电极针可以采用气相沉积和电镀的方式在电极内极的针尖表面分别形成绝缘结构和金属电极外极;此外应当理解的是,本说明书中的电极外极和电极内极,其在射频消融的过程中分别作为正极和负极,即当内极如果为正极时,外极将为负极,或者当内极如果为负极时,外极将为正极。In some embodiments, the electrode needle 1, electrode needle 11, electrode needle 12, and electrode needle 13 can be formed into an insulating structure or an insulating structure and an electrode outer pole in a variety of ways. For example, the electrode needle can form an insulating structure or an insulating structure and an electrode outer pole by means of a coating layer, and form an electrode tip by grinding. For example, the electrode needle can form an insulating structure and a metal electrode outer pole on the needle tip surface of the electrode inner pole by means of vapor deposition and electroplating; in addition, it should be understood that the electrode outer pole and the electrode inner pole in this specification are respectively used as the positive pole and the negative pole during the radiofrequency ablation process, that is, when the inner pole is a positive pole, the outer pole will be a negative pole, or when the inner pole is a negative pole, the outer pole will be a positive pole.
如前述本发明的射频消融系统可以实现对眼部组织诸如睫状体、小梁网、虹膜及巩膜等的射频消融,针对不同的眼部组织,为了方便操作实施消融,电极针的形态结构可以设计不同,如电极针刺入眼部组织的一端为直针、弯针直尖端或弯针弯尖端等,如在一些实施例中电极用于对睫状体进行消融,其电极针1呈直针形态,在一些实施例中,电极用于对小梁网进行消融其电极针呈弯针直尖端。As mentioned above, the radiofrequency ablation system of the present invention can achieve radiofrequency ablation of eye tissues such as ciliary body, trabecular meshwork, iris and sclera. For different eye tissues, in order to facilitate the operation of ablation, the morphological structure of the electrode needle can be designed differently. For example, the end of the electrode needle that penetrates the eye tissue is a straight needle, a curved needle with a straight tip, or a curved needle with a curved tip. For example, in some embodiments, the electrode is used to ablate the ciliary body, and its electrode needle 1 is in the form of a straight needle. In some embodiments, the electrode is used to ablate the trabecular meshwork, and its electrode needle is a curved needle with a straight tip.
在本说明书的一些实施例中,眼科射频消融系统可以更加安全、便捷地完成射频消融操作,并且可以根据治疗部位的不同,推荐对应的治疗方案,可以实现对睫状体、小梁网及虹膜等眼部组织的精准射频消融。In some embodiments of the present specification, the ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system can complete the radiofrequency ablation operation more safely and conveniently, and can recommend corresponding treatment plans according to different treatment sites, and can achieve precise radiofrequency ablation of eye tissues such as the ciliary body, trabecular meshwork and iris.
应当理解,图1所示的眼科射频消融系统及其模块可以利用各种方式来实现。需要注意的是,以上对于眼科射频消融系统及其模块的描述,仅为描述方便,并不能把本说明书限制在所举实施例范围之内。可以理解,对于本领域的技术人员来说,在了解该系统的原理后,可能在不背离这一原理的情况下,对各个模块进行任意组合,或者构成子系统与其他模块连接。在一些实施例中,图1中披露的控制模块、射频模块、输入/输出模块、阻抗检测模块和信息读取模块可以是一个系统中的不同模块,也可以是一个模块实现上述的两个或两个以上模块的功能。例如,各个模块可以共用一个存储模块,各个模块也可以分别具有各自的存储模块。诸如此类的变形,均在本说明书的保护范围之内。It should be understood that the ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system and its modules shown in FIG1 can be implemented in various ways. It should be noted that the above description of the ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system and its modules is only for the convenience of description, and this specification cannot be limited to the scope of the embodiments cited. It can be understood that for those skilled in the art, after understanding the principle of the system, it is possible to arbitrarily combine the various modules, or form a subsystem to connect with other modules without deviating from this principle. In some embodiments, the control module, radio frequency module, input/output module, impedance detection module and information reading module disclosed in FIG1 can be different modules in a system, or a module can realize the functions of two or more of the above modules. For example, each module can share a storage module, or each module can have its own storage module. Such variations are within the scope of protection of this specification.
图18是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的眼科射频消融方法的示例性流程图。图19是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的眼科射频消融方法一实施例的示例性示意图。如图18所示,流程1800可以包括下述步骤:FIG. 18 is an exemplary flow chart of an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation method according to some embodiments of this specification. FIG. 19 is an exemplary schematic diagram of an embodiment of an ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation method according to some embodiments of this specification. As shown in FIG. 18 , process 1800 may include the following steps:
步骤1810,响应于射频消融仪开机,检测射频消融仪的功能是否正常。Step 1810, in response to the radiofrequency ablation device being turned on, detecting whether the function of the radiofrequency ablation device is normal.
开机可以指通过按键与其他方式(如语音等)启动射频消融主机。在一些实施例中,如图19所示,在开机前,可以先进行开机前准备,如连接电源、连接脚踏开关等。在一些实施例中,开机后,可以自动检测射频消融系统的各功能是否正常。Turning on the machine may refer to starting the RF ablation host by pressing a button or other means (such as voice, etc.). In some embodiments, as shown in FIG19 , before turning on the machine, pre-startup preparations may be performed, such as connecting a power source, connecting a foot switch, etc. In some embodiments, after turning on the machine, the various functions of the RF ablation system may be automatically detected to see if they are normal.
在一些实施例中,检测射频消融仪的功能是否正常可以包括以下至少一项:检测脚踏开关和/或激活开关是否异常启动、检测射频消融主机的模数转换器的状态是否正常、检测射频输出频率的大小是否正常、检测射频消融主机的时钟是否准确、检测射频消融主机的串口通信是否正常、检测电源是否正常、以及检测射频消融主机的存储器的读写是否正常等。In some embodiments, detecting whether the function of the RF ablation device is normal may include at least one of the following: detecting whether the foot switch and/or activation switch is abnormally started, detecting whether the status of the analog-to-digital converter of the RF ablation host is normal, detecting whether the RF output frequency is normal, detecting whether the clock of the RF ablation host is accurate, detecting whether the serial port communication of the RF ablation host is normal, detecting whether the power supply is normal, and detecting whether the reading and writing of the memory of the RF ablation host is normal, etc.
在一些实施例中,响应于射频消融主机的各模块中存在无法正常运行的模块,可以进入交互界面2000,并显示提示信息。提示信息可以包括错误码。错误码可以表示检测到的不同的错误。例如,E01-12V表示检测错误,E04-DAC表示输出异常等。In some embodiments, in response to a module in the RF ablation host that cannot operate normally, the interactive interface 2000 may be entered and a prompt message may be displayed. The prompt message may include an error code. The error code may indicate different errors detected. For example, E01-12V indicates a detection error, E04-DAC indicates an output abnormality, etc.
如图25所示,在一些实施例中,响应于射频消融系统开机且各模块功能均正常,交互界面2000可以显示系统设置页面,包括触摸按键提示音开/关、屏幕亮度调节、系统时间设置等。其中,触摸按键提示音可以通过触摸开/关选择按钮进行选择。屏幕亮度可以通过滑动右侧线条上的节点进行选择。系统时间可以通过图21所示的输入框进行设置,例如,设置为2023年10月08日11时19分。As shown in FIG. 25 , in some embodiments, in response to the radiofrequency ablation system being turned on and the functions of each module being normal, the interactive interface 2000 can display a system setting page, including touch key prompt tone on/off, screen brightness adjustment, system time setting, etc. Among them, the touch key prompt tone can be selected by touching the on/off selection button. The screen brightness can be selected by sliding the node on the right line. The system time can be set through the input box shown in FIG. 21 , for example, set to 11:19 on October 8, 2023.
如图26所示,在一些实施例中,响应于射频消融系统首次使用,交互界面2000可以显示时间设置界面600。在其余时间用户无法设置系统时间,如需设置系统时间,可以通过售后技术人员使用工程电极在工程界面进行设置,工程界面包括年、月、日、时、分、星期以及确定按键。其中,在年、月、日、时、分、星期对应的输入框内输入正确的年、月、日、时、分和星期,触摸确定按键,可以完成时间重置。在其它一些实施例中,在工程界面,售后技术人员还可以对电极部分信息进行更正(如信息有误时)重新写入或进行其它后台设置等。As shown in FIG. 26 , in some embodiments, in response to the first use of the radiofrequency ablation system, the interactive interface 2000 can display a time setting interface 600. The user cannot set the system time at other times. If the system time needs to be set, the after-sales technician can use the engineering electrode to set it in the engineering interface. The engineering interface includes year, month, day, hour, minute, week and confirmation button. Among them, enter the correct year, month, day, hour, minute and week in the input box corresponding to the year, month, day, hour, minute and week, and touch the confirmation button to complete the time reset. In some other embodiments, in the engineering interface, the after-sales technician can also correct some electrode information (such as when the information is incorrect), rewrite it, or perform other background settings.
可以理解的是,射频消融系统可以根据系统时间计算消融电极的寿命,且射频消融系统未包括网络时间,所以时间设置权限不向用户开放。It is understandable that the radiofrequency ablation system can calculate the life of the ablation electrode based on the system time, and the radiofrequency ablation system does not include network time, so the time setting authority is not open to the user.
在一些实施例中射频消融系统可以联网。射频消融系统的一个或以上组件(例如,控制装置210、射频发生器220、阻抗检测装置230、信息读取单元240)可以经由网络与射频消融系统的一个或以上其它系统(如医疗管理系统)通信信息和/或数据。例如,控制装置210可以经由网络从其它系统获得数据(如病人的电子病历)。网络可以为用于信息和/或数据的交换的任何合适的网络。网络可以是和/或包括公共网络(例如,互联网)、专用网络(例如,局域网(LAN)、广域网(WAN)),有线网络(例如,无线局域网)、以太网、无线网络(例如,11网络、Wi-Fi网络)等。In some embodiments, the radiofrequency ablation system can be networked. One or more components of the radiofrequency ablation system (e.g., the control device 210, the radiofrequency generator 220, the impedance detection device 230, the information reading unit 240) can communicate information and/or data with one or more other systems of the radiofrequency ablation system (e.g., a medical management system) via a network. For example, the control device 210 can obtain data (e.g., a patient's electronic medical record) from other systems via a network. The network can be any suitable network for the exchange of information and/or data. The network can be and/or include a public network (e.g., the Internet), a private network (e.g., a local area network (LAN), a wide area network (WAN)), a wired network (e.g., a wireless local area network), Ethernet, a wireless network (e.g., an 11 network, a Wi-Fi network), etc.
在一些实施例中,当射频消融系统使用时已连接网络,其可以自动获取实时网络时间,将实时网络时间作为实时时钟装置的实时时间,此时,无需用户对实时时钟装置进行设置。In some embodiments, when the radiofrequency ablation system is connected to the network during use, it can automatically obtain the real-time network time and use the real-time network time as the real-time time of the real-time clock device. At this time, the user does not need to set the real-time clock device.
医疗管理系统指医院对涉及的各方面医疗信息进行管理或数据处理的系统。例如,医疗管理系统可以包括门诊、急诊管理系统,病案管理系统,医疗统计查询系统等。在一些实施例中,射频消融系统与医疗管理系统网络连接后,可以具备患者管理功能。例如,射频消融系统与摄像头连接,摄像头扫码录入病人信息;通过调取医疗管理系统的病人更多信息(如病历,就诊时间),对病人进行管理。在一些实施例中,患者管理功能还包括数据分析、制定患者复查计划、提醒患者复查等。The medical management system refers to a system used by the hospital to manage or process data on various aspects of medical information. For example, the medical management system may include an outpatient and emergency management system, a medical record management system, a medical statistics query system, etc. In some embodiments, after the radiofrequency ablation system is connected to the medical management system network, it may have a patient management function. For example, the radiofrequency ablation system is connected to a camera, and the camera scans the code to input patient information; the patient is managed by retrieving more patient information (such as medical records, consultation time) from the medical management system. In some embodiments, the patient management function also includes data analysis, formulating patient review plans, and reminding patients to review.
在一些实施例中,射频消融系统可以基于医疗管理系统或互联网平台,获取不同病人的治疗信息(如不同病人单次射频治疗时间、治疗总时间、射频能量的输出功率等);基于不同病人的治疗信息,进行大数据分析。在一些实施例中,射频消融仪可以基于大数据分析的结果,推荐消融参数。示例性的,射频消融仪可以根据当前病人的个人特征和疾病情况,将其特征输入医疗管理系统的大数据模型,大数据模型输出对应的推荐消融参数(治疗时间、射频能量的输出功率等)。In some embodiments, the radiofrequency ablation system can obtain treatment information of different patients (such as the single radiofrequency treatment time, total treatment time, output power of radiofrequency energy, etc. of different patients) based on a medical management system or an Internet platform; and perform big data analysis based on the treatment information of different patients. In some embodiments, the radiofrequency ablation device can recommend ablation parameters based on the results of big data analysis. Exemplarily, the radiofrequency ablation device can input the characteristics of the current patient into the big data model of the medical management system based on the personal characteristics and disease condition of the patient, and the big data model outputs the corresponding recommended ablation parameters (treatment time, output power of radiofrequency energy, etc.).
在一些实施例中,射频消融主机的各模块正常时,可以检测射频消融系统的射频能量控制开关的功能是否正常。在一些实施例中,射频能量控制开关可以包括激活开关和/或脚踏开关。在一些实施例中,响应于检测射频消融系统的射频能量控制开关的功能不正常,交互界面2000可以显示警示信息。警示信息可以包括如“请释放激活开关”、“脚踏开关未连接”、“请释放脚踏开关”等。关于警示信息的更多说明可以参见图1及其相关描述。在一些实施例中,当射频消融系统开机且未连接消融电极时,用户启动脚踏开关或激活开关,若交互界面2000出现警示信息(如“请释放脚踏开关”或“请释放激活开关”),则可以认为射频消融系统的射频能量控制开关的功能正常。例如,当不满足第一预设条件时,用户启动激活开关,若交互界面2000出现警示信息(如“请释放激活开关”),则可以认为射频消融系统的激活开关的功能正常。又例如,当不满足第二预设条件时,用户启动脚踏开关,若交互界面2000出现警示信息(如“请释放脚踏开关”),则可以认为射频消融系统的脚踏开关的功能正常。In some embodiments, when each module of the radiofrequency ablation host is normal, it can be detected whether the function of the radiofrequency energy control switch of the radiofrequency ablation system is normal. In some embodiments, the radiofrequency energy control switch may include an activation switch and/or a foot switch. In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the function of the radiofrequency energy control switch of the radiofrequency ablation system is not normal, the interactive interface 2000 may display a warning message. The warning message may include, for example, "Please release the activation switch", "The foot switch is not connected", "Please release the foot switch", etc. For more descriptions of the warning message, please refer to FIG. 1 and its related descriptions. In some embodiments, when the radiofrequency ablation system is turned on and the ablation electrode is not connected, the user activates the foot switch or the activation switch. If the interactive interface 2000 displays a warning message (such as "Please release the foot switch" or "Please release the activation switch"), it can be considered that the function of the radiofrequency energy control switch of the radiofrequency ablation system is normal. For example, when the first preset condition is not met, the user activates the activation switch. If the interactive interface 2000 displays a warning message (such as "Please release the activation switch"), it can be considered that the function of the activation switch of the radiofrequency ablation system is normal. For another example, when the second preset condition is not met, the user activates the foot switch. If a warning message (such as "Please release the foot switch") appears on the interactive interface 2000, it can be considered that the foot switch of the radiofrequency ablation system functions normally.
步骤1820,响应于射频消融系统的所有功能均正常,检测与射频消融主机连接的消融电极是否可用。Step 1820: In response to all functions of the radiofrequency ablation system being normal, detecting whether the ablation electrode connected to the radiofrequency ablation host is available.
在一些实施例中,信息读取模块可以获取消融电极的电极信息,并将电极信息传输给控制模块。关于电极信息、信息读取模块、控制模块的更多说明可以参见图1及其相关描述,此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the information reading module can obtain electrode information of the ablation electrode and transmit the electrode information to the control module. For more information about the electrode information, the information reading module, and the control module, please refer to FIG. 1 and its related description, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,可以在消融电极与射频消融主机连接时,获取消融电极的电极信息。In some embodiments, the electrode information of the ablation electrode may be obtained when the ablation electrode is connected to a radiofrequency ablation host.
在一些实施例中,射频消融系统可以基于电极信息判断消融电极的可用性。In some embodiments, the radiofrequency ablation system may determine the availability of the ablation electrode based on the electrode information.
在一些实施例中,如图20所示,响应于消融电极不可用,交互界面2000可以显示更换电极显示页面,以提醒用户更换消融电极。关于判断消融电极的可用性的说明可以参见图3及其相关描述。In some embodiments, as shown in Fig. 20, in response to the ablation electrode being unavailable, the interactive interface 2000 may display an electrode replacement display page to remind the user to replace the ablation electrode. For instructions on determining the availability of the ablation electrode, see Fig. 3 and its related description.
步骤1830,响应于消融电极可用,且所述射频消融系统的状态满足预设条件,基于消融参数对眼部组织进行消融。关于消融参数的确定可以参见图1及其相关描述。Step 1830: In response to the ablation electrode being available and the state of the radiofrequency ablation system satisfying a preset condition, ablation is performed on the eye tissue based on ablation parameters. For the determination of ablation parameters, see FIG. 1 and its related description.
在一些实施例中,如图22所示,响应于消融电极可用,交互界面2000可以显示消融电极电连接后电极识别的确认页面,包括消融电极是否连接、电极寿命信息。其中,消融电极连接时,电极图标会高亮显示,当消融电极未连接时,电极图标会变暗显示。若用户确认电极信息无误,可以通过点击图中确认按钮进行确认;若用户认为电极信息有误,可以更换连接的消融电极,或请求售后维护人员处理,售后维护人员可以对电极存储的错误信息进行更正和重新写入。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 22 , in response to the ablation electrode being available, the interactive interface 2000 may display a confirmation page for electrode identification after the ablation electrode is electrically connected, including whether the ablation electrode is connected and electrode life information. When the ablation electrode is connected, the electrode icon will be highlighted, and when the ablation electrode is not connected, the electrode icon will be dimmed. If the user confirms that the electrode information is correct, he can confirm it by clicking the confirmation button in the figure; if the user believes that the electrode information is incorrect, he can replace the connected ablation electrode, or request after-sales maintenance personnel to handle it. After-sales maintenance personnel can correct and rewrite the error information stored in the electrode.
在一些实施例中,响应于消融电极可用且电极信息已被确认,可以进入参数设置界面700(如图23所示页面)。在一些实施例中,如图23所示,参数设置界面中可以包括附件连接状态、治疗时间、射频功率、电极寿命信息。其中,附件连接状态可以包括电极图标、脚踏开关图标,电极图标包括电极类型和电极图例。治疗时间可以包括时间信息,时间信息包括治疗时间时长以及调整时间按钮。射频功率可以包括功率信息,功率信息包括射频功率时长以及调整功率按钮。电极寿命信息可以包括已使用次数、剩余使用次数或已消融累计时长、剩余可消融时长。关于治疗时间、射频功率、已使用次数、剩余使用次数、已消融累计时长、剩余可消融时长可以参见图1及其相关描述。In some embodiments, in response to the ablation electrode being available and the electrode information being confirmed, the parameter setting interface 700 (page shown in FIG. 23 ) may be entered. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 23 , the parameter setting interface may include accessory connection status, treatment time, radio frequency power, and electrode life information. Among them, the accessory connection status may include an electrode icon and a foot switch icon, and the electrode icon includes an electrode type and an electrode legend. The treatment time may include time information, and the time information includes the treatment time duration and a time adjustment button. The radio frequency power may include power information, and the power information includes the radio frequency power duration and a power adjustment button. The electrode life information may include the number of times used, the remaining number of uses, or the cumulative ablation time, and the remaining ablation time. For information about treatment time, radio frequency power, the number of times used, the remaining number of uses, the cumulative ablation time, and the remaining ablation time, please refer to FIG. 1 and its related description.
在一些实施例中,响应于消融电极未连接,电极图标可以显示为灰色,响应于脚踏开关未连接,脚踏开关图标可以显示为灰色,即使在附件(消融电极和脚踏开关)未连接的情况,系统也会进入到图23示意的治疗参数设置页面,基于这些可以方便本射频消融系统在未连接附件时的演示和教学。In some embodiments, in response to the ablation electrode being disconnected, the electrode icon may be displayed in gray, and in response to the foot switch being disconnected, the foot switch icon may be displayed in gray. Even when the accessories (ablation electrode and foot switch) are not connected, the system will enter the treatment parameter setting page shown in Figure 23. Based on this, the demonstration and teaching of the radiofrequency ablation system can be facilitated when the accessories are not connected.
在一些实施例中,响应于消融电极可用且用户确认电极信息,控制模块可以根据消融电极的电极类型确定推荐参数,并基于用户针对推荐参数的输入信息,确定目标参数。In some embodiments, in response to the ablation electrode being available and the user confirming the electrode information, the control module may determine recommended parameters according to the electrode type of the ablation electrode, and determine target parameters based on user input information regarding the recommended parameters.
推荐参数是指推荐的消融参数(如备选治疗时间、备选射频功率)。目标参数是指确定的消融参数。在一些实施例中,推荐参数可以包括推荐的消融参数的参数值或参数范围,输入信息可以包括用户对推荐的参数值的调整信息或确认信息,或用户基于推荐的参数范围输入的目标参数。其中,响应于收到用户的确认信息,控制模块可以将确认信息对应的参数值确定为目标参数。Recommended parameters refer to recommended ablation parameters (such as alternative treatment time, alternative radiofrequency power). Target parameters refer to determined ablation parameters. In some embodiments, the recommended parameters may include parameter values or parameter ranges of recommended ablation parameters, and the input information may include user adjustment information or confirmation information of the recommended parameter values, or target parameters input by the user based on the recommended parameter range. In response to receiving confirmation information from the user, the control module may determine the parameter value corresponding to the confirmation information as the target parameter.
示例性地,响应于消融电极可用且用户已确认,控制模块可以根据消融电极的电极类型推荐消融参数的参数值或参数范围并控制输入/输出模块展示在交互界面,以供用户对参数值进行调整并确认或输入推荐的参数范围之内的参数,并将确认后的参数值作为确定的目标参数,或将输入推荐的参数范围之内的参数作为确认的目标参数。Exemplarily, in response to the ablation electrode being available and confirmed by the user, the control module can recommend a parameter value or parameter range of the ablation parameter based on the electrode type of the ablation electrode and control the input/output module to display it on the interactive interface for the user to adjust the parameter value and confirm or input a parameter within the recommended parameter range, and use the confirmed parameter value as the determined target parameter, or use the parameter within the recommended parameter range as the confirmed target parameter.
在一些实施例中,当消融电极可用,在电极信息被确认前或确认后,可以检测脚踏开关是否连接,若未连接则在交互界面中输出提示信息“脚踏开关未连接”。此时,用户可以通过点击界面中“确认”按钮或连接脚踏开关进入下一步,如进入图22所示的电极识别的确认页面或如23所示的参数设置页面。值得注意的是,脚踏开关与消融电极的连接顺序不受限制,在一些实施例中,可以先检测脚踏开关是否连接再检测消融电极是否连接,或同时检测脚踏开关和消融电极是否连接,或先检测消融电极是否连接再检测脚踏开关是否连接。在一些实施例中,若脚踏开关已连接,可以实时监测脚踏开关启动状态。在一些实施例中,如图21所示,响应于未满足第二预设条件启动脚踏开关,交互界面2000可以显示警示信息“请释放脚踏开关”。In some embodiments, when the ablation electrode is available, before or after the electrode information is confirmed, it is possible to detect whether the foot switch is connected. If it is not connected, a prompt message "Foot switch is not connected" is output in the interactive interface. At this time, the user can proceed to the next step by clicking the "Confirm" button in the interface or connecting the foot switch, such as entering the confirmation page of electrode identification shown in Figure 22 or the parameter setting page shown in Figure 23. It is worth noting that the connection order of the foot switch and the ablation electrode is not limited. In some embodiments, it is possible to first detect whether the foot switch is connected and then detect whether the ablation electrode is connected, or to detect whether the foot switch and the ablation electrode are connected at the same time, or to first detect whether the ablation electrode is connected and then detect whether the foot switch is connected. In some embodiments, if the foot switch is connected, the activation status of the foot switch can be monitored in real time. In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 21, in response to the second preset condition not being met to activate the foot switch, the interactive interface 2000 can display a warning message "Please release the foot switch".
在一些实施例中,响应于未满足第一预设条件,启动激活开关,交互界面2000可以显示“请释放激活开关”。关于第一预设条件、第二预设条件的说明可以参见图1及其相关描述。In some embodiments, in response to the first preset condition not being met, the activation switch is turned on and the interactive interface 2000 may display “Please release the activation switch.” For an explanation of the first preset condition and the second preset condition, see FIG. 1 and its related description.
在一些实施例中,如图19所示,若消融电极可用且射频消融系统的状态满足预设条件(如用户确认电极信息、消融参数已确定、脚踏开关已连接且射频消融系统无其他错误),响应于激活开关启动,控制模块可以基于阻抗检测模块获取的阻抗信息判断消融电极的尖端是否到达眼部的目标位置,若消融电极的尖端已到达眼部的目标位置,响应于脚踏开关启动,射频消融主机可以输出射频能量。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 , if the ablation electrode is available and the status of the RF ablation system meets preset conditions (such as the user confirms the electrode information, the ablation parameters have been determined, the foot switch is connected, and there are no other errors in the RF ablation system), in response to the activation switch being started, the control module can determine whether the tip of the ablation electrode has reached the target position of the eye based on the impedance information obtained by the impedance detection module. If the tip of the ablation electrode has reached the target position of the eye, in response to the foot switch being started, the RF ablation host can output RF energy.
在一些实施例中,如图24所示,响应于治疗开始,交互界面2000可以显示治疗开始中的信息显示页面,如可以包括电极状态、治疗时间、射频功率、已治疗时间、实时阻抗、电极寿命信息等信息。关于已治疗时间、实时阻抗可以参见图1及其相关描述。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG24 , in response to the start of treatment, the interactive interface 2000 may display an information display page in the start of treatment, such as electrode status, treatment time, radio frequency power, treatment time, real-time impedance, electrode life information, etc. For treatment time and real-time impedance, see FIG1 and its related description.
其中,电极状态可以包括电极信息,电极信息可以用于表示消融电极是否进行射频能量输出。电极寿命信息可以包括已使用次数、剩余使用次数或已消融累计时长、剩余可消融时长。The electrode status may include electrode information, which may be used to indicate whether the ablation electrode is outputting radio frequency energy. The electrode life information may include the number of times used, the number of times remaining to be used, or the accumulated ablation time, and the remaining ablation time.
在一些实施例中,如图19所示,在对眼部组织进行消融的过程中,响应于阻抗突变、释放脚踏开关、或已治疗时间达到预设时间阈值,射频消融主机可以停止射频能量的输出。可以理解的是,当射频治完成后,眼部组织的阻抗会发生突变,阻抗突变可以表征射频治疗完成,具体地,可以根据不同的目标组织确定突变的阈值,如将阈值设为阻抗大于某一数值。或者,关于阻抗的突变也可以通过多次采集的阻抗变化量(差值)的变化来判断阻抗突变,例如阻抗的变化量趋于零形成拐点,或阻抗的变化增量超过预设值。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 , during the ablation of eye tissue, in response to a sudden change in impedance, the release of the foot switch, or the treatment time reaching a preset time threshold, the RF ablation host can stop the output of RF energy. It is understandable that after the RF treatment is completed, the impedance of the eye tissue will suddenly change, and the impedance sudden change can indicate the completion of the RF treatment. Specifically, the threshold of the sudden change can be determined according to different target tissues, such as setting the threshold to impedance greater than a certain value. Alternatively, the sudden change in impedance can also be judged by the change in the impedance change amount (difference) collected multiple times, for example, the impedance change amount tends to zero to form an inflection point, or the impedance change increment exceeds the preset value.
在一些实施例中,如图19所示,响应于眼部组织无需再次治疗,用户释放激活开关,射频治疗过程结束。在一些实施例中,响应于在射频能量的输出过程中出现异常,用户按下激活开关,射频消融主机可以停止射频能量输出。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 19, in response to the ocular tissue not needing to be treated again, the user releases the activation switch and the RF treatment process ends. In some embodiments, in response to an abnormality occurring during the output of RF energy, the user presses the activation switch and the RF ablation host can stop the RF energy output.
在一些实施例中,响应于射频治疗过程结束,射频消融主机可以将消融电极的使用信息(如已使用次数、剩余使用次数,或已消融累计时长、剩余可消融时长)回写入消融电极的存储芯片。In some embodiments, in response to the end of the RF treatment process, the RF ablation host can write the usage information of the ablation electrode (such as the number of times it has been used, the number of times it remains to be used, or the cumulative ablation time, the remaining ablation time) back into the storage chip of the ablation electrode.
采用本说明书的眼科射频消融系统可以实现多种用途:基于射频消融的热效应,采用本眼科射频消融仪在对睫状体进行射频消融时,睫状体组织会受损或部分坏死,抑制其产生房水的能力,从而降低眼内压(IOP)以治疗青光眼;此外射频消融还能够使睫状体受热收缩,可以加深前房,治疗浅前房症,预防闭角型青光眼;同时,睫状体收缩还会使脉络膜和巩膜之间(脉络膜上腔)的间隙会增大,产生脉络膜上腔引流的效果。另一方面可以采用本射频消融仪更换合适的电极针形态进行小梁网射频消融,在小梁网周向上打出消融孔,使得前房的房水可以流经小梁网上的消融孔进入Schlemm管以治疗早中期的开角型青光眼。此外针对虹膜的射频消融,通过本射频消融设备更换合适的电极针形态还可以在虹膜上进行射频消融打孔,使得前房和后房连通,实现虹膜周切手术的效果。在一方面,更换合适的电极针,还可以用于对巩膜进行消融,从前房房角至巩膜通过消融形成一个消融隧道,实现结膜下引流。此外,采用本说明书的射频消融系统还可以进行眼表或眼内的止血。The ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system of this manual can achieve multiple uses: based on the thermal effect of radiofrequency ablation, when the ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation device is used to perform radiofrequency ablation on the ciliary body, the ciliary body tissue will be damaged or partially necrotic, inhibiting its ability to produce aqueous humor, thereby reducing intraocular pressure (IOP) to treat glaucoma; in addition, radiofrequency ablation can also cause the ciliary body to shrink due to heat, which can deepen the anterior chamber, treat shallow anterior chamber syndrome, and prevent angle-closure glaucoma; at the same time, the contraction of the ciliary body will also increase the gap between the choroid and sclera (suprachoroidal space), producing the effect of suprachoroidal space drainage. On the other hand, the radiofrequency ablation device can be used to replace the appropriate electrode needle shape to perform radiofrequency ablation of the trabecular meshwork, and ablation holes can be made in the circumferential direction of the trabecular meshwork, so that the aqueous humor in the anterior chamber can flow through the ablation holes on the trabecular meshwork into the Schlemm canal to treat early and middle-stage open-angle glaucoma. In addition, for radiofrequency ablation of the iris, by replacing the appropriate electrode needle shape through this radiofrequency ablation device, radiofrequency ablation can also be performed on the iris to make a hole, so that the anterior chamber and the posterior chamber are connected, and the effect of iridotomy can be achieved. On the one hand, by replacing the appropriate electrode needle, it can also be used to ablate the sclera, and an ablation tunnel is formed from the anterior chamber angle to the sclera through ablation to achieve subconjunctival drainage. In addition, the radiofrequency ablation system of this manual can also be used to stop bleeding on the ocular surface or inside the eye.
另一方面,本申请还要求保护一种前述射频消融系统中的射频消融仪110(也即其在先所称的射频消融主机),关于射频消融仪110的相关介绍和描述,请结合前面相关介绍并结合下文的描述进行理解。On the other hand, the present application also claims protection for a radiofrequency ablation device 110 (also referred to as a radiofrequency ablation host) in the aforementioned radiofrequency ablation system. For the relevant introduction and description of the radiofrequency ablation device 110, please understand it in conjunction with the previous relevant introduction and the description below.
在一些实施例中,如图1所示,射频消融仪110可以用于为与其连接的消融电极120提供射频能量,以对眼部1300的目标组织进行消融。其中,目标组织是指需要进行射频消融的组织部位。例如,目标组织可以包括眼部组织中的睫状体、小梁网或虹膜等。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG1 , the radiofrequency ablation device 110 can be used to provide radiofrequency energy to the ablation electrode 120 connected thereto, so as to ablate the target tissue of the eye 1300. The target tissue refers to the tissue part that needs to be ablated by radiofrequency. For example, the target tissue may include the ciliary body, trabecular meshwork, or iris in the eye tissue.
在一些实施例中,当消融电极120连接射频消融仪110后,射频消融仪110为消融电极120提供射频能量,射频能量通过消融电极120传递到目标组织,达到对目标组织消融的目的。在一些实施例中,消融电极120可以包括带有尖端的电极针,尖端被配置为刺入目标组织。电极针可以包括外极和内极,外极和内极在射频消融仪提供的射频能量下一个作为正极,另一个作为负极,在正极和负极之间形成消融波,从而实现对目标组织的消融。In some embodiments, when the ablation electrode 120 is connected to the radiofrequency ablation device 110, the radiofrequency ablation device 110 provides radiofrequency energy to the ablation electrode 120, and the radiofrequency energy is transmitted to the target tissue through the ablation electrode 120, thereby achieving the purpose of ablation of the target tissue. In some embodiments, the ablation electrode 120 may include an electrode needle with a tip, and the tip is configured to penetrate the target tissue. The electrode needle may include an outer pole and an inner pole, and the outer pole and the inner pole serve as a positive pole and a negative pole respectively under the radiofrequency energy provided by the radiofrequency ablation device, and an ablation wave is formed between the positive pole and the negative pole, thereby achieving ablation of the target tissue.
在一些实施例中,当消融电极120第一次连接射频消融仪110时,射频消融仪110可以主动将电极首次使用时间写入消融电极120的存储芯片。In some embodiments, when the ablation electrode 120 is connected to the radiofrequency ablation device 110 for the first time, the radiofrequency ablation device 110 may actively write the time of the first use of the electrode into the storage chip of the ablation electrode 120 .
在一些实施例中,在消融电极每次连接射频消融仪110时,射频消融仪110可以主动将电极剩余使用次数和已使用次数(或已消融累计时长和剩余可消融时长)等使用信息更新写入消融电极120的存储芯片。In some embodiments, each time the ablation electrode is connected to the RF ablation device 110, the RF ablation device 110 can actively update usage information such as the remaining number of electrode uses and the number of times the electrode has been used (or the accumulated ablation time and the remaining ablation time) and write it into the storage chip of the ablation electrode 120.
在一些实施例中,响应于消融结束,射频消融仪110可以更新电极信息(如电极剩余使用次、已使用次数,或已消融累计时长和剩余可消融时长等),和/或主动将射频消融仪存储的电极信息(如电极剩余使用次、已使用次数,或已消融累计时长和剩余可消融时长等)写入消融电极的存储芯片。In some embodiments, in response to the end of ablation, the RF ablation device 110 can update the electrode information (such as the remaining number of times the electrode can be used, the number of times it has been used, or the cumulative ablation time and the remaining ablation time, etc.), and/or actively write the electrode information stored in the RF ablation device (such as the remaining number of times the electrode can be used, the number of times it has been used, or the cumulative ablation time and the remaining ablation time, etc.) into the storage chip of the ablation electrode.
在一些实施例中,消融电极120可以通过连接器与射频消融仪110连接。示例性的,连接器的结构可以为插头和插座,连接器可以包括航插头、N型连接器、SMA连接器等。例如图1所示,消融电极120的一端为连接器,连接器插入连接器插口1040,消融电极120通过连接器与射频消融仪110连接。In some embodiments, the ablation electrode 120 can be connected to the radiofrequency ablation device 110 through a connector. Exemplarily, the structure of the connector can be a plug and a socket, and the connector can include an aviation plug, an N-type connector, an SMA connector, etc. For example, as shown in FIG. 1 , one end of the ablation electrode 120 is a connector, and the connector is inserted into the connector socket 1040, and the ablation electrode 120 is connected to the radiofrequency ablation device 110 through the connector.
图27是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的眼部射频消融仪的示例性模块图。FIG. 27 is an exemplary module diagram of an ocular radiofrequency ablation apparatus according to some embodiments of the present specification.
在一些实施例中,如图27所示,射频消融仪110可以包括控制模块113、射频模块112、阻抗检测模块115和信息读取模块116。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 27 , the radio frequency ablation device 110 may include a control module 113 , a radio frequency module 112 , an impedance detection module 115 and an information reading module 116 .
在一些实施例中,控制模块113用于与射频模块、阻抗检测模块和信息读取模块通信,以控制射频消融仪产生射频能量。在一些实施例中,控制模块113可以与射频模块112、阻抗检测模块115和信息读取模块116通信连接或电连接。控制模块113可以从与其连接的模块中读取信息或向各组件发送控制指令,以实现对射频消融仪110的控制。例如,控制模块113可以接收阻抗检测模块115检测到的目标组织的阻抗信息,并基于阻抗信息判断消融电极是否到达眼部的目标位置。又例如,控制模块113可以接收信息读取模块116获取的消融电极的电极信息,基于电极信息判断消融电极是否可用,若可用则控制输出单元输出电极信息;若不可用,则控制输出单元输出警示信息(如“电极验证失败请更换电极”、“电极寿命结束请更换电极”等)。又例如,控制模块113可以检测射频消融仪和/或其附件(如脚踏开关、消融电极)的运行状态,判断警示或错误的发生,并通过输出单元输出警示信息或提示声音。关于此部分的更多内容,可以参见下文。In some embodiments, the control module 113 is used to communicate with the radio frequency module, the impedance detection module and the information reading module to control the radio frequency ablation device to generate radio frequency energy. In some embodiments, the control module 113 can be connected or electrically connected to the radio frequency module 112, the impedance detection module 115 and the information reading module 116. The control module 113 can read information from the module connected to it or send control instructions to each component to realize the control of the radio frequency ablation device 110. For example, the control module 113 can receive the impedance information of the target tissue detected by the impedance detection module 115, and judge whether the ablation electrode reaches the target position of the eye based on the impedance information. For another example, the control module 113 can receive the electrode information of the ablation electrode obtained by the information reading module 116, and judge whether the ablation electrode is available based on the electrode information. If it is available, the output unit is controlled to output the electrode information; if it is not available, the output unit is controlled to output a warning message (such as "electrode verification failed, please replace the electrode", "electrode life end, please replace the electrode", etc.). For another example, the control module 113 can detect the operating status of the radiofrequency ablation device and/or its accessories (such as a foot switch, ablation electrode), determine the occurrence of a warning or error, and output a warning message or a prompt sound through the output unit. For more information about this part, please refer to the following.
阻抗检测模块115用于检测射频能量输出前、输出过程中或输出结束后的阻抗信息。在一些实施例中,阻抗检测模块115用于在消融过程中检测目标组织的阻抗信息,并将阻抗信息传输至控制模块。例如,在射频能量输出前,响应于用户将消融电极插入患者的目标组织,阻抗检测模块可以检测目标组织的阻抗信息。阻抗信息可以包括实时阻抗。The impedance detection module 115 is used to detect impedance information before, during or after the output of RF energy. In some embodiments, the impedance detection module 115 is used to detect the impedance information of the target tissue during the ablation process and transmit the impedance information to the control module. For example, before the RF energy is output, in response to the user inserting the ablation electrode into the target tissue of the patient, the impedance detection module can detect the impedance information of the target tissue. The impedance information may include real-time impedance.
在一些实施例中,如图4所示,阻抗检测模块115可以包括阻抗监测单元1151和电压电流反馈单元1152。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 4 , the impedance detection module 115 may include an impedance monitoring unit 1151 and a voltage and current feedback unit 1152 .
阻抗监测单元1151用于在射频能量输出前和停止输出后监测目标组织的阻抗信息。在一些实施例中,阻抗监测单元1151可以包括生物阻抗检测芯片。The impedance monitoring unit 1151 is used to monitor the impedance information of the target tissue before and after the RF energy output is stopped. In some embodiments, the impedance monitoring unit 1151 may include a bioimpedance detection chip.
在一些实施例中,阻抗监测单元1151可以获取目标组织的阻抗信息,并将阻抗信息发送至控制模块113,控制模块113控制输出单元(如输出单元1142)显示目标组织的阻抗信息。其中,阻抗信息可以帮助用户判断消融电极的尖端是否插入到需要治疗的位置(即目标位置)。In some embodiments, the impedance monitoring unit 1151 can obtain the impedance information of the target tissue and send the impedance information to the control module 113, and the control module 113 controls the output unit (such as the output unit 1142) to display the impedance information of the target tissue. The impedance information can help the user determine whether the tip of the ablation electrode is inserted into the position to be treated (i.e., the target position).
在一些实施例中,如图4所示,阻抗监测单元1151可以通过电极切换单元与控制模块113和消融电极120连接。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 4 , the impedance monitoring unit 1151 may be connected to the control module 113 and the ablation electrode 120 via an electrode switching unit.
电极切换单元用于导通消融电极120与阻抗监测单元1151或导通消融电极120与射频模块112。在一些实施例中,电极切换单元可以包括单刀双掷开关,例如,继电器开关、模拟开关、开关电路等。The electrode switching unit is used to connect the ablation electrode 120 with the impedance monitoring unit 1151 or connect the ablation electrode 120 with the radio frequency module 112. In some embodiments, the electrode switching unit may include a single-pole double-throw switch, such as a relay switch, an analog switch, a switch circuit, and the like.
在一些实施例中,响应于射频能量开始输出前或输出停止后,控制模块113可以通过控制单刀双掷开关,使得阻抗监测单元1151与消融电极120连接。In some embodiments, in response to before the RF energy starts to be output or after the output stops, the control module 113 may control the single-pole double-throw switch to connect the impedance monitoring unit 1151 to the ablation electrode 120 .
在一些实施例中,响应于射频能量进行输出时,控制模块113可以通过控制单刀双掷开关,使得射频模块112与消融电极120连接,以便射频模块112为消融电极120提供射频能量。In some embodiments, in response to the output of RF energy, the control module 113 may control the single-pole double-throw switch to connect the RF module 112 to the ablation electrode 120 , so that the RF module 112 provides RF energy to the ablation electrode 120 .
可以理解的是,电极切换单元可以保证阻抗监测单元1151和射频模块112在任何时候都不会导通,避免由于射频能量进入阻抗监测单元1151,导致设备故障。It is understandable that the electrode switching unit can ensure that the impedance monitoring unit 1151 and the RF module 112 are not turned on at any time, thereby avoiding device failure due to RF energy entering the impedance monitoring unit 1151.
电压电流反馈单元1152用于在射频能量的输出过程中,监测目标组织的阻抗信息。The voltage and current feedback unit 1152 is used to monitor the impedance information of the target tissue during the output of radio frequency energy.
在一些实施例中,电流电压采样单元可以获取目标组织的阻抗信息,并将阻抗信息发送至控制模块113,由控制模块113控制输出单元(如输出单元1142)输出眼部组织的阻抗信息。其中,阻抗信息可以帮助用户判断实际射频功率与设定的射频功率的变化,设定的射频功率是治疗过程的最大功率,治疗过程中目标组织失水,阻抗会增加,功率P=U2/R,电压不变,功率会逐渐变小;因此,阻抗信息的变化可以反应射频消融的程度;当阻抗突变时,即使计时器未到治疗时间,射频消融仪也会停止射频能量的输出,这样可以进一步保证射频消融的安全性。In some embodiments, the current and voltage sampling unit can obtain the impedance information of the target tissue and send the impedance information to the control module 113, and the control module 113 controls the output unit (such as the output unit 1142) to output the impedance information of the eye tissue. The impedance information can help the user judge the change between the actual RF power and the set RF power. The set RF power is the maximum power of the treatment process. During the treatment process, the target tissue loses water, and the impedance will increase. The power P = U 2 /R, the voltage remains unchanged, and the power will gradually decrease; therefore, the change in impedance information can reflect the degree of RF ablation; when the impedance suddenly changes, even if the timer has not reached the treatment time, the RF ablation device will stop the output of RF energy, which can further ensure the safety of RF ablation.
信息读取模块116用于当消融电极与射频消融仪连接时,获取消融电极的电极信息。在一些实施例中,信息读取模块116读取与射频消融仪连接的消融电极的电极信息,并将电极信息传输给控制模块113。The information reading module 116 is used to obtain electrode information of the ablation electrode when the ablation electrode is connected to the radiofrequency ablation device. In some embodiments, the information reading module 116 reads the electrode information of the ablation electrode connected to the radiofrequency ablation device and transmits the electrode information to the control module 113.
在一些实施例中,响应于消融电极120与射频消融仪110电连接,信息读取模块116可以自动获取消融电极120的电极信息,并发送至控制模块113。在一些实施例中,消融结束后,响应于消融电极的剩余使用次数不为0,控制模块113可以将射频消融仪记录的消融电极的使用信息(如使用时间、已使用次数或剩余使用次数)主动写入消融电极。In some embodiments, in response to the ablation electrode 120 being electrically connected to the radiofrequency ablation device 110, the information reading module 116 can automatically obtain the electrode information of the ablation electrode 120 and send it to the control module 113. In some embodiments, after the ablation is completed, in response to the remaining number of uses of the ablation electrode being not 0, the control module 113 can actively write the use information of the ablation electrode recorded by the radiofrequency ablation device (such as the use time, the number of uses, or the remaining number of uses) into the ablation electrode.
在一些实施例中,如图4所示,射频消融仪110还包括人机交互单元1141和输出单元1142。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 4 , the radiofrequency ablation apparatus 110 further includes a human-computer interaction unit 1141 and an output unit 1142 .
人机交互单元1141可以用于控制射频能量输出的开始和停止,和/或设置目标参数。在一些实施例中,人机交互单元可以包括激活开关、脚踏开关、输入按钮。其中,输入按钮可以为真实按钮或虚拟按钮。例如,虚拟按钮可以为触摸显示屏中功能按钮。真实按钮可以包括键盘、鼠标或其他按键等。The human-computer interaction unit 1141 can be used to control the start and stop of the RF energy output, and/or set the target parameters. In some embodiments, the human-computer interaction unit may include an activation switch, a foot switch, and an input button. Among them, the input button can be a real button or a virtual button. For example, the virtual button can be a function button in a touch display screen. The real button can include a keyboard, a mouse, or other buttons.
如图1所示,激活开关1030可以为真实按钮,用于激活射频能量的输出控制。在一些实施例中,激活开关用于满足第一预设条件后启动时,激活射频模块。As shown in Fig. 1, the activation switch 1030 may be a real button for activating the output control of the RF energy. In some embodiments, the activation switch is used to activate the RF module when it is started after satisfying a first preset condition.
第一预设条件是指射频消融仪的所有功能均正常,脚踏开关已连接且连接的消融电极可用,且目标参数已确定。满足第一预设条件时,激活开关启动,控制模块可以实现对射频模块的控制,以产生射频能量。The first preset condition means that all functions of the radiofrequency ablation device are normal, the foot switch is connected and the connected ablation electrode is available, and the target parameter is determined. When the first preset condition is met, the activation switch is started, and the control module can control the radiofrequency module to generate radiofrequency energy.
需要说明的是,激活开关不通过软件控制,而是从射频信号上控制。若激活开关被关闭,射频发生电路将处于关闭状态,控制模块113将不会发出进行射频输出的控制信号,无法实现射频能量输出控制。It should be noted that the activation switch is not controlled by software, but by the RF signal. If the activation switch is turned off, the RF generating circuit will be in a closed state, and the control module 113 will not send a control signal for RF output, and the RF energy output control cannot be achieved.
在对目标组织进行消融的过程中,若射频能量的输出出现异常或出现紧急情况(如患者身体异常、设备出现故障等),用户关闭激活开关,射频模块112将停止输出射频能量。During the ablation process of the target tissue, if the output of RF energy is abnormal or an emergency occurs (such as patient physical abnormality, equipment failure, etc.), the user turns off the activation switch and the RF module 112 stops outputting RF energy.
在一些实施例中,响应于激活开关异常启动,控制模块113可以发送警示信息至输出单元1142并展示警示信息,以提示用户。警示信息可以包括如“请释放激活开关”。在一些实施例中,激活开关异常启动包括:激活开关在未满足第一预设条件时启动。第一预设条件的更多内容参见上文。In some embodiments, in response to abnormal activation of the activation switch, the control module 113 may send a warning message to the output unit 1142 and display the warning message to prompt the user. The warning message may include, for example, "Please release the activation switch". In some embodiments, abnormal activation of the activation switch includes: the activation switch is activated when the first preset condition is not met. For more information about the first preset condition, see above.
脚踏开关用于在满足第二预设条件后,控制射频能量输出的开始和停止。在一些实施例中,脚踏开关与射频消融仪的连接方式可以包括线缆连接、无线网络连接。The foot switch is used to control the start and stop of the radio frequency energy output after the second preset condition is met. In some embodiments, the connection method between the foot switch and the radio frequency ablation device can include cable connection and wireless network connection.
第二预设条件是指在满足第一预设条件后,消融电极插入目标组织,且到达目标位置。在一些实施例中,第二预设条件还包括射频消融仪进入治疗界面。可以理解的,未进入治疗界面时无法显示更多治疗信息,此时医生对于射频能量的输出有不确定因素,因此需要在射频能量输出之前进入治疗界面。治疗界面的更多内容,参见图24。The second preset condition means that after the first preset condition is met, the ablation electrode is inserted into the target tissue and reaches the target position. In some embodiments, the second preset condition also includes the radiofrequency ablation device entering the treatment interface. It is understandable that more treatment information cannot be displayed before entering the treatment interface. At this time, the doctor has uncertainty about the output of radiofrequency energy, so it is necessary to enter the treatment interface before the radiofrequency energy is output. For more information about the treatment interface, see Figure 24.
在一些实施例中,响应于脚踏开关与射频消融仪未连接,控制模块113可以发送警示信息至输出单元1142并展示警示信息。警示信息可以包括如“脚踏开关未连接”,以便用户将脚踏开关与射频消融仪连接。In some embodiments, in response to the foot switch being disconnected from the RF ablation device, the control module 113 may send a warning message to the output unit 1142 and display the warning message. The warning message may include, for example, "foot switch is not connected" so that the user can connect the foot switch to the RF ablation device.
在一些实施例中,响应于脚踏开关异常启动(如不满足第二预设条件时被启动),控制模块113可以发送警示信息至输出单元1142并展示警示信息。警示信息可以包括如“请释放脚踏开关”。In some embodiments, in response to abnormal activation of the foot switch (such as being activated when the second preset condition is not met), the control module 113 can send a warning message to the output unit 1142 and display the warning message. The warning message may include, for example, "Please release the foot switch."
射频消融治疗过程中,医生要在显微镜下做眼科手术,同时手还要握持电极;本说明书的一些实施例中,通过设置脚踏开关,采用脚踏开关控制射频能量输出的开始和停止,可以便于医生进行治疗操作。可以理解的,射频消融仪也可以无需脚踏开关,此时由其他操作人员(如医生助理)操作射频能量控制开关控制射频能量输出的开始和停止;或者控制开关可以通过其他方式设置(如设置在消融电极的操作手柄上等)。During radiofrequency ablation treatment, doctors have to perform ophthalmic surgery under a microscope while holding electrodes in their hands; in some embodiments of this specification, a foot switch is provided to control the start and stop of radiofrequency energy output, which can facilitate doctors to perform treatment operations. It is understandable that the radiofrequency ablation device can also be operated without a foot switch, in which case other operators (such as doctor's assistants) operate the radiofrequency energy control switch to control the start and stop of radiofrequency energy output; or the control switch can be set in other ways (such as on the operating handle of the ablation electrode, etc.).
输出单元1142可以用于向用户展示治疗信息、电极信息和/或提示信息。关于治疗信息、电极信息、提示信息的说明可以参见图28中描述。在一些实施例中,输出单元可以包括显示屏(如显示屏610)或音频设备(如音频设备430)。The output unit 1142 can be used to display treatment information, electrode information and/or prompt information to the user. For instructions on treatment information, electrode information, and prompt information, please refer to the description in Figure 28. In some embodiments, the output unit may include a display screen (such as display screen 610) or an audio device (such as audio device 430).
实时时钟440用于为射频消融仪110提供时间信息。在一些实施例中,用户可以在射频消融仪首次使用时,通过人机交互单元1141(如触摸显示屏的触摸界面)设置实时时钟。例如,用户可以在图26所示的时钟设置界面600中设置实时时钟。在一些实施例中,响应于实时时钟440的时间不准确,控制模块113可以控制显示屏进入时钟设置界面(如图26所示界面),以便用户(如售后维护人员或工程师)对时间信息进行调整。The real-time clock 440 is used to provide time information for the radiofrequency ablation device 110. In some embodiments, the user can set the real-time clock through the human-computer interaction unit 1141 (such as a touch interface of a touch display screen) when the radiofrequency ablation device is used for the first time. For example, the user can set the real-time clock in the clock setting interface 600 shown in FIG. 26. In some embodiments, in response to the inaccurate time of the real-time clock 440, the control module 113 can control the display screen to enter the clock setting interface (the interface shown in FIG. 26) so that the user (such as an after-sales maintenance personnel or engineer) can adjust the time information.
应当理解,图27所示的系统及其模块可以利用各种方式来实现。例如,在一些实施例中,信息读取模块可以集成在控制模块;输出单元可以为与控制模块通信连接的其他设备,例如智能手机或笔记本电脑等。It should be understood that the system and its modules shown in FIG27 can be implemented in various ways. For example, in some embodiments, the information reading module can be integrated in the control module; the output unit can be other devices that are communicatively connected to the control module, such as a smart phone or a laptop computer.
需要注意的是,以上对于射频消融仪及其模块的描述,仅为描述方便,并不能把本说明书限制在所举实施例范围之内。可以理解,对于本领域的技术人员来说,在了解该系统的原理后,可能在不背离这一原理的情况下,对各个模块进行任意组合,或者构成子系统与其他模块连接。在一些实施例中,图27中披露的控制模块、射频模块、阻抗检测模块和信息读取模块可以是一个系统中的不同模块,也可以是一个模块实现上述的两个或两个以上模块的功能。例如,各个模块可以共用一个存储模块,各个模块也可以分别具有各自的存储模块。诸如此类的变形,均在本说明书的保护范围之内。It should be noted that the above description of the radiofrequency ablation apparatus and its modules is only for the convenience of description, and does not limit this specification to the scope of the embodiments cited. It can be understood that for those skilled in the art, after understanding the principle of the system, it is possible to arbitrarily combine the various modules, or form a subsystem connected with other modules without deviating from this principle. In some embodiments, the control module, radio frequency module, impedance detection module and information reading module disclosed in Figure 27 can be different modules in a system, or one module can realize the functions of two or more of the above modules. For example, each module can share a storage module, or each module can have its own storage module. Such variations are within the scope of protection of this specification.
图28是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的控制方法的示例性流程图。如图28所示,流程1900可以包括下述步骤:FIG28 is an exemplary flow chart of a control method according to some embodiments of the present specification. As shown in FIG28, process 1900 may include the following steps:
步骤1910,响应于射频消融仪开机,检测射频消融仪的功能是否正常。Step 1910, in response to the radiofrequency ablation device being turned on, detecting whether the function of the radiofrequency ablation device is normal.
开机可以指通过按键与其他方式(如语音等)启动射频消融仪。Turning on the device may refer to starting the radiofrequency ablation device by pressing a button or other means (such as voice, etc.).
在一些实施例中,在开机前,可以先进行开机前准备,如连接电源、连接脚踏开关等。在一些实施例中,开机后,可以检测射频消融仪是否为正常开机(如系统是否正常通电、系统开机按钮是否正常启动、是否能够正常进入开机画面等)。In some embodiments, before starting up, you can first perform pre-startup preparations, such as connecting a power source, connecting a foot switch, etc. In some embodiments, after starting up, you can detect whether the radiofrequency ablation device is started normally (such as whether the system is powered on normally, whether the system power button is activated normally, whether it can enter the power-on screen normally, etc.).
在一些实施例中,响应于射频消融仪正常开机,控制模块可以自动检测射频消融仪的各模块是否正常运行。In some embodiments, in response to the radiofrequency ablation apparatus being powered on normally, the control module may automatically detect whether each module of the radiofrequency ablation apparatus is operating normally.
在一些实施例中,检测射频消融仪的功能是否正常包括以下中至少一项:检测脚踏开关和/或激活开关是否异常启动;检测射频消融仪的模数转换器的状态是否正常;检测射频输出频率的大小是否正常;检测实时时钟是否准确;检测串口通信是否正常;检测电源是否正常;以及检测存储器的读写是否正常。In some embodiments, detecting whether the function of the radiofrequency ablation device is normal includes at least one of the following: detecting whether the foot switch and/or activation switch is abnormally started; detecting whether the state of the analog-to-digital converter of the radiofrequency ablation device is normal; detecting whether the size of the radiofrequency output frequency is normal; detecting whether the real-time clock is accurate; detecting whether the serial port communication is normal; detecting whether the power supply is normal; and detecting whether the reading and writing of the memory are normal.
在一些实施例中,若检测到脚踏开关未连接,可以在显示界面中输出提示信息,如“脚踏开关未连接”。在一些实施例中,脚踏开关是否连接的检测可以在其他步骤。例如,当消融电极可用且用户确认电极信息时,可以检测脚踏开关是否连接。在一些实施例中,可以在整个消融过程中,实时监测脚踏开关是否连接。关于脚踏开关或激活开关异常启动的更多内容,参见上文。In some embodiments, if it is detected that the foot switch is not connected, a prompt message such as "foot switch is not connected" can be output in the display interface. In some embodiments, the detection of whether the foot switch is connected can be in other steps. For example, when the ablation electrode is available and the user confirms the electrode information, it can be detected whether the foot switch is connected. In some embodiments, whether the foot switch is connected can be monitored in real time throughout the ablation process. For more information about abnormal activation of the foot switch or activation switch, see above.
在一些实施例中,在未连接消融电极的状态下启动脚踏开关或激活开关时能够触发提示。在一些实施例中,提示可以包括:请释放激活开关,或请释放脚踏开关。示例性的,在未连接消融电极的状态下启动脚踏开关,射频消融仪的显示屏提示“请释放脚踏开关”;在未连接消融电极的状态下启动激活开关,射频消融仪的显示屏提示“请释放激活开关”。通过触发提示,表明射频能量控制开关的能够正常连接和通信。In some embodiments, a prompt can be triggered when the foot switch or activation switch is activated when the ablation electrode is not connected. In some embodiments, the prompt may include: please release the activation switch, or please release the foot switch. Exemplarily, when the foot switch is activated when the ablation electrode is not connected, the display screen of the radiofrequency ablation instrument prompts "please release the foot switch"; when the activation switch is activated when the ablation electrode is not connected, the display screen of the radiofrequency ablation instrument prompts "please release the activation switch". By triggering the prompt, it is indicated that the radiofrequency energy control switch can be connected and communicated normally.
在一些实施例中,响应于射频消融仪的各模块的功能中存在异常,显示屏可以显示提示信息。提示信息可以包括错误码。错误码可以表示检测到的不同的错误。例如,E01-12V表示检测错误,E04-DAC表示输出异常等。In some embodiments, in response to an abnormality in the function of each module of the radiofrequency ablation device, the display screen may display a prompt message. The prompt message may include an error code. The error code may indicate different errors detected. For example, E01-12V indicates a detection error, E04-DAC indicates an output abnormality, etc.
在一些实施例中,检测射频消融仪的功能是否正常可以通过多种方式。例如,可以通过检测电流、电压及信号的变化,来确定射频消融仪的一个或多个模块的功能是否正常。In some embodiments, the function of the radiofrequency ablation device can be detected in various ways. For example, the function of one or more modules of the radiofrequency ablation device can be determined to be normal by detecting the change of current, voltage and signal.
在一些实施例中,检测射频消融仪的模数转换器(ADC)的状态是否正常,可以通过SPI通信,读取ADC芯片的输出数据,从而判断其状态是否正常。In some embodiments, to detect whether the state of the analog-to-digital converter (ADC) of the radiofrequency ablation device is normal, the output data of the ADC chip may be read through SPI communication to determine whether the state is normal.
检测射频输出频率的大小是否正常,指对射频信号的频率进行测量和监测的过程。在一些实施例中,可以使用定时器-捕获驱动模块和/或DDS(Direct Digital Synthesis,直接数字合成)驱动模块来实现对射频信号频率的测量和生成。定时器-捕获驱动模块是指微控制器单元或数字信号处理器(DSP)内部的定时器模块通过捕获外部事件的时间来实现测量。示例性的,在射频输出频率大小检测中,可以使用定时器-捕获驱动模块来测量射频信号的周期或脉冲宽度,从而计算出频率大小;通过捕获射频信号的上升沿或下降沿的时间间隔,可以准确地计算出射频信号的频率。Detecting whether the magnitude of the RF output frequency is normal refers to the process of measuring and monitoring the frequency of the RF signal. In some embodiments, a timer-capture driver module and/or a DDS (Direct Digital Synthesis) driver module may be used to achieve measurement and generation of the RF signal frequency. The timer-capture driver module refers to a timer module inside a microcontroller unit or a digital signal processor (DSP) that achieves measurement by capturing the time of external events. Exemplarily, in the detection of the magnitude of the RF output frequency, a timer-capture driver module may be used to measure the period or pulse width of the RF signal to calculate the magnitude of the frequency; by capturing the time interval of the rising or falling edge of the RF signal, the frequency of the RF signal may be accurately calculated.
DDS驱动模块可以通过数字方式生成精确频率,如包括相位累加器、正弦波表和数字-模拟转换器等。示例性的,DDS驱动模块可以产生特定频率的射频信号;通过控制DDS的相位累加器,可以精确地生成所需的射频信号频率,并且可以实现频率的快速切换和调节。The DDS driver module can generate precise frequencies in a digital manner, such as by including a phase accumulator, a sine wave table, and a digital-to-analog converter. For example, the DDS driver module can generate a radio frequency signal of a specific frequency; by controlling the phase accumulator of the DDS, the required radio frequency signal frequency can be accurately generated, and fast switching and adjustment of the frequency can be achieved.
在一些实施例中,定时器-捕获驱动模块可以测量射频信号的实际输出频率,而DDS驱动模块可以产生特定频率的射频信号,可以通过将两种方式结合,实现对射频信号频率的精确测量和生成。In some embodiments, the timer-capture driver module can measure the actual output frequency of the RF signal, and the DDS driver module can generate a RF signal of a specific frequency. The two methods can be combined to achieve accurate measurement and generation of the RF signal frequency.
在一些实施例中,检测实时时钟是否准确可以包括:将实时时钟的时间与最新的设备记录时间进行比较,若实时时钟的时间在设备记录时间之前,确定实时时钟不准确。在一些实施例中,响应于实时时钟不准确,提醒售后维护人员对所述时间进行调整。In some embodiments, detecting whether the real-time clock is accurate may include: comparing the time of the real-time clock with the latest device recorded time, and if the time of the real-time clock is before the device recorded time, determining that the real-time clock is inaccurate. In some embodiments, in response to the real-time clock being inaccurate, reminding after-sales maintenance personnel to adjust the time.
在一些实施例中,响应于射频消融仪首次使用时,显示屏可以显示时钟设置页面。在其余时间用户无法设置系统时间;如果实时时钟不准确(如实时时钟的时间在设备记录时间之前),需要设置系统时间,可以提醒售后维护人员对所述时间进行调整。售后维护人员或技术人员可以使用工程电极在时间设置页面进行设置;此外,售后维护人员还可以在工程界面对电极部分信息进行更正(如信息有误时)重新写入或进行其它后台设置等。工程电极是消融电极的一种,控制模块113可以通过工程电极的接入信号、工程电极型号或验证码等多种方式判断是否为工程电极。可以理解的是,射频消融仪可以根据系统时间计算消融电极的寿命,且射频消融仪未包括网络时间,所以仅在首次使用开机时能够设置时间,其余情况的时间设置权限不向用户开放。In some embodiments, in response to the first use of the radiofrequency ablation instrument, the display screen can display a clock setting page. The user cannot set the system time at other times; if the real-time clock is inaccurate (such as the time of the real-time clock is before the device records the time), the system time needs to be set, and the after-sales maintenance personnel can be reminded to adjust the time. After-sales maintenance personnel or technicians can use engineering electrodes to set the time setting page; in addition, after-sales maintenance personnel can also correct some electrode information in the engineering interface (such as when the information is incorrect) and rewrite or perform other background settings. The engineering electrode is a type of ablation electrode, and the control module 113 can determine whether it is an engineering electrode through a variety of methods such as the access signal of the engineering electrode, the model of the engineering electrode or the verification code. It can be understood that the radiofrequency ablation instrument can calculate the life of the ablation electrode based on the system time, and the radiofrequency ablation instrument does not include the network time, so the time can only be set when it is turned on for the first time, and the time setting authority for other situations is not open to the user.
在一些实施例中,检测实时时钟是否准确,可以通过RTC芯片读取功能,使用通信接口驱动实现。In some embodiments, the detection of whether the real-time clock is accurate can be achieved through the RTC chip reading function using a communication interface driver.
在一些实施例中,检测串口通信是否正常,可以通过串口驱动实现。In some embodiments, detecting whether serial port communication is normal may be achieved through a serial port driver.
在一些实施例中,检测电源是否正常,可以通过微控制器单元自带的模拟数字转换器(ADC)监测电源电压或电流的变化,判断电源是否正常;例如,电压是否为3.3V、5V、12V等。In some embodiments, to detect whether the power supply is normal, the analog-to-digital converter (ADC) of the microcontroller unit can be used to monitor changes in the power supply voltage or current to determine whether the power supply is normal; for example, whether the voltage is 3.3V, 5V, 12V, etc.
在一些实施例中,检测存储器的读写是否正常,可以通过存储器的IIC(Inter-Integrated Circuit)接口驱动实现。示例性的,当存储器420为带电可擦可编程只读存储器时,检测存储器的读写是否正常,可以通过IIC接口驱动程序对EEPROM进行读取和写入操作,验证数据是否正确。In some embodiments, the detection of whether the reading and writing of the memory is normal can be realized by the IIC (Inter-Integrated Circuit) interface driver of the memory. Exemplarily, when the memory 420 is an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory, the detection of whether the reading and writing of the memory is normal can be realized by performing read and write operations on the EEPROM through the IIC interface driver to verify whether the data is correct.
在一些实施例中,检测射频消融仪的功能是否正常,还可以包括检测触摸屏的功能和初始化。触摸屏的功能可以包括设置触摸屏的触摸灵敏度。In some embodiments, detecting whether the function of the radiofrequency ablation device is normal may also include detecting the function and initialization of the touch screen. The function of the touch screen may include setting the touch sensitivity of the touch screen.
在一些实施例中,初始化指射频消融仪开机启动后,控制模块对外接设备进行检测并识别,与其建立通信。通过初始化,控制模块可以与外接设备正确地进行数据交换和控制操作。In some embodiments, initialization refers to the control module detecting and identifying the external device and establishing communication with it after the radiofrequency ablation device is turned on. Through initialization, the control module can correctly perform data exchange and control operations with the external device.
在一些实施例中,检测射频消融仪的功能是否正常还可以包括中断事务处理。在一些实施例中,中断事务处理包括:响应于中断入口的中断信号,进行中断号识别;中断号识别包括串口通信中断任务、定时器中断任务和短路检测中断任务;响应于中断事务处理完毕,返回中断出口。In some embodiments, detecting whether the function of the radiofrequency ablation device is normal may also include interruption transaction processing. In some embodiments, the interruption transaction processing includes: responding to the interruption signal of the interruption entry, performing interruption number identification; the interruption number identification includes serial communication interruption tasks, timer interruption tasks and short circuit detection interruption tasks; responding to the completion of the interruption transaction processing, returning to the interruption exit.
中断事务处理是指控制模块在执行某些任务的过程中,接收到优先级更高的事件或请求时,暂停当前的任务,转而去处理该事件或请求。在一些实施例中,中断事务处理可能发生在各个阶段,例如可以发生在射频消融仪正常开机,检测射频消融仪的功能的阶段,也可以发生在对目标组织进行消融的阶段。Interrupt transaction processing means that when the control module receives a higher priority event or request during the execution of certain tasks, it suspends the current task and processes the event or request instead. In some embodiments, interrupt transaction processing may occur at various stages, such as when the radiofrequency ablation device is turned on normally, when the function of the radiofrequency ablation device is tested, or when ablation of the target tissue is performed.
步骤1920,响应于射频消融仪的所有功能均正常,检测与射频消融仪连接的消融电极是否可用。Step 1920: In response to all functions of the radiofrequency ablation apparatus being normal, detecting whether the ablation electrode connected to the radiofrequency ablation apparatus is available.
在一些实施例中,控制模块113可以基于信息读取模块获取的电极信息,对消融电极进行验证;响应于消融电极不可用,进行提示。在一些实施例中,控制模块113响应于消融电极可用,展示消融电极的电极类型和电极寿命信息并请求确认。In some embodiments, the control module 113 can verify the ablation electrode based on the electrode information obtained by the information reading module, and give a prompt in response to the ablation electrode being unavailable. In some embodiments, the control module 113 displays the electrode type and electrode life information of the ablation electrode and requests confirmation in response to the ablation electrode being available.
电极信息是指与消融电极相关的信息。在一些实施例中,电极信息可以包括消融电极的芯片型号、加密信息、电极类型、型号、电极有效期信息、电极寿命信息、数据检验码等。其中,加密信息是指用于验证电极是否为合法电极的信息。首次使用时间是指消融电极第一次连接射频消融仪的时间。数据检验码可以用于验证输入/输出单元获取的数据与存储芯片中的数据一致,以判断消融电极是否合法。数据检验码可以包括CRC检验码。Electrode information refers to information related to the ablation electrode. In some embodiments, the electrode information may include the chip model, encryption information, electrode type, model, electrode validity period information, electrode life information, data verification code, etc. of the ablation electrode. Among them, the encrypted information refers to the information used to verify whether the electrode is a legal electrode. The first use time refers to the time when the ablation electrode is first connected to the radiofrequency ablation device. The data verification code can be used to verify that the data obtained by the input/output unit is consistent with the data in the storage chip to determine whether the ablation electrode is legal. The data verification code may include a CRC verification code.
在一些实施例中,消融电极可用包括:消融电极不是非法电极,且处于有效期限内,且消融电极剩余使用次数或剩余可消融时长不为0。非法电极是指无法与射频消融仪匹配或配套的电极。In some embodiments, the ablation electrode is available including: the ablation electrode is not an illegal electrode, is within the validity period, and the remaining number of uses or the remaining ablation time of the ablation electrode is not 0. An illegal electrode refers to an electrode that cannot be matched or matched with a radiofrequency ablation device.
在一些实施例中,有效期限包括消融电极包装上的有效期限和拆封首次使用后的预设使用时间范围。消融电极包装上的有效期限可以从包装上的信息获取,包括生产日期、生产保质期。In some embodiments, the expiration date includes the expiration date on the ablation electrode package and a preset usage time range after unpacking for the first use. The expiration date on the ablation electrode package can be obtained from the information on the package, including the production date and the production shelf life.
生产日期是指消融电极出厂的日期。生产保质期是指消融电极从生产日期起到失效的时间。预设使用时间范围可以反映消融电极上次使用结束后,能够被再次用于消融的间隔时间。例如,消融电极A被开封,用其完成目标组织消融之后剩余使用次数不为0,消融结束时间为12月1日上午10点。为保证无菌操作,可以设置预设使用时间范围为4小时(或2小时、3小时、5小时、6小时、8小时等)。若该电极A在12月1日下午1点被再次用于消融,前后两次使用的时间间隔为3小时,小于4小时,因此在预设使用时间范围内;若在12月1日下午3点被再次用于消融,前后两次使用的时间间隔为5小时,大于4小时,因此超过预设使用时间范围。在一些实施例中,电极有效期限还可以包括首次使用时间和首次使用后的预设使用时间范围。首次使用时间是指消融电极第一次连接射频消融仪的时间。首次使用后的预设使用时间范围指电极首次拆封后,能够被再次用于消融的间隔时间。The production date refers to the date when the ablation electrode leaves the factory. The production shelf life refers to the time from the production date to the expiration of the ablation electrode. The preset use time range can reflect the interval time after the ablation electrode is used for ablation again after the last use. For example, after ablation electrode A is opened, the remaining number of uses after completing ablation of the target tissue is not 0, and the ablation end time is 10 am on December 1. To ensure aseptic operation, the preset use time range can be set to 4 hours (or 2 hours, 3 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 8 hours, etc.). If the electrode A is used for ablation again at 1 pm on December 1, the time interval between the two uses is 3 hours, which is less than 4 hours, so it is within the preset use time range; if it is used for ablation again at 3 pm on December 1, the time interval between the two uses is 5 hours, which is greater than 4 hours, so it exceeds the preset use time range. In some embodiments, the electrode validity period may also include the first use time and the preset use time range after the first use. The first use time refers to the time when the ablation electrode is first connected to the radiofrequency ablation device. The preset usage time range after the first use refers to the interval time during which the electrode can be used for ablation again after being unpacked for the first time.
在一些实施例中,电极寿命信息包括电极已使用次数和剩余使用次数,或者已消融累计时长和剩余可消融时长。在一些实施例中,已使用次数和剩余使用次数或已消融累计时长和剩余可消融时长,可以在每次消融电极使用结束后,被射频消融仪110主动更新写入消融电极120的存储芯片。在一些实施例中,响应于每次消融电极使用结束,存储芯片中的已消融累计时长可以增加单次消融电极使用的时长、剩余可消融时长可以减去单次消融电极使用的时长。In some embodiments, the electrode life information includes the number of times the electrode has been used and the number of times remaining, or the cumulative ablation time and the remaining ablation time. In some embodiments, the number of times used and the number of times remaining, or the cumulative ablation time and the remaining ablation time, can be actively updated and written into the storage chip of the ablation electrode 120 by the radiofrequency ablator 110 after each use of the ablation electrode. In some embodiments, in response to the end of each use of the ablation electrode, the cumulative ablation time in the storage chip can be increased by the time of a single ablation electrode use, and the remaining ablation time can be reduced by the time of a single ablation electrode use.
在一些实施例中,射频消融仪110可以通过多种方式判断消融电极是否可用。例如,控制模块113可以验证消融电极的加密信息,若加密信息正确,则确定消融电极为授权合法电极,同时检验消融电极是否超过有效期限(生产保质期和预设使用时间范围)以及剩余使用次数或剩余可消融时长,若消融电极处于保质期内且未超过预设使用时间范围以及剩余使用次数或剩余可消融时长不为0,则确定消融电极可用。其中,加密信息可以通过多种方式构建,例如,对称加密、非对称加密等。示例性地,消融电极的加密信息是由对称加密方式构建,当控制模块收到加密信息后,可以通过密钥将加密信息解密,若无法解密或解密后信息不正确,控制模块可以确定消融电极为非法电极,并控制输出单元(如输出单元1142)输出警示信息,如“电极不合法请更换电极”。In some embodiments, the radiofrequency ablation device 110 can determine whether the ablation electrode is available in a variety of ways. For example, the control module 113 can verify the encryption information of the ablation electrode. If the encryption information is correct, the ablation electrode is determined to be an authorized and legal electrode. At the same time, it is checked whether the ablation electrode exceeds the validity period (production shelf life and preset usage time range) and the remaining number of uses or the remaining ablation time. If the ablation electrode is within the shelf life and does not exceed the preset usage time range and the remaining number of uses or the remaining ablation time is not 0, it is determined that the ablation electrode is available. Among them, the encryption information can be constructed in a variety of ways, such as symmetric encryption, asymmetric encryption, etc. Exemplarily, the encryption information of the ablation electrode is constructed by symmetric encryption. When the control module receives the encrypted information, it can decrypt the encrypted information by a key. If it cannot be decrypted or the decrypted information is incorrect, the control module can determine that the ablation electrode is an illegal electrode, and control the output unit (such as output unit 1142) to output a warning message, such as "The electrode is illegal, please replace the electrode."
在一些实施例中,射频消融仪可以先检测消融电极的连接状态,并响应于消融电极120与射频消融仪未连接,发送提示信息至输出单元。输出单元可以将提示信息输出展示给用户(如通过显示屏的显示界面展示提示信息),提示信息可以包括如“电极未连接”。In some embodiments, the radiofrequency ablation device may first detect the connection status of the ablation electrode, and in response to the ablation electrode 120 being not connected to the radiofrequency ablation device, send a prompt message to the output unit. The output unit may output the prompt message to the user (such as displaying the prompt message through a display interface of a display screen), and the prompt message may include, for example, "electrode not connected".
在一些实施例中,响应于确定消融电极不可用,可以通过输出单元进行提示,以便用户更换消融电极。如提示信息可以包括“电极未授权”、“电极寿命结束”等。在一些实施例中,可以对更换后的消融电极继续进行可用性检测,直至连接的消融电极可用。In some embodiments, in response to determining that the ablation electrode is unavailable, a prompt may be given through the output unit so that the user can replace the ablation electrode. For example, the prompt information may include "electrode unauthorized", "electrode life ends", etc. In some embodiments, the availability detection may continue to be performed on the replaced ablation electrode until the connected ablation electrode is available.
在一些实施例中,消融电极不可用的原因不同,提示的内容不同。例如,消融电极合法性验证未通过,可以提示“电极未授权”、“电极不合法请更换电极”;电极未处于有效期限内,可以根据未处于有效期限内的原因分别提示,例如分别提示“超过拆封首次使用预设时间范围”、“电极已过保质期”、消融电极剩余使用次数或剩余可消融时长不足时提示“电极可用寿命为0”等。In some embodiments, the reasons why the ablation electrode is unavailable are different, and the content of the prompt is different. For example, if the ablation electrode fails to pass the legality verification, it can be prompted that "the electrode is not authorized" or "the electrode is illegal, please replace the electrode"; if the electrode is not within the validity period, it can be prompted separately according to the reason for not being within the validity period, such as "exceeding the preset time range for first use after unpacking", "the electrode has expired", and when the remaining number of uses of the ablation electrode or the remaining ablation time is insufficient, it can be prompted that "the electrode's usable life is 0", etc.
在一些实施例中,响应于消融电极可用,控制模块113可以发送电极信息至输出单元,以使得输出单元输出展示所述电极信息,供用户进行确认。图22是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的电极信息确认界面的示例性示意图,如图22所示,界面中可以显示电极类型和电极寿命,电极类型包括电极图标,可以根据不同电极类型显示的不同电极图标;电极寿命可以包括已使用次数,剩余使用次数;当信息无误时,用户可以点击图中“确认”按钮进行确认;当存在错误时可以更换电极或请求售后维护人员处理,售后维护人员可以对电极存储的错误信息进行更正和重新写入。In some embodiments, in response to the ablation electrode being available, the control module 113 can send the electrode information to the output unit so that the output unit outputs and displays the electrode information for the user to confirm. FIG22 is an exemplary schematic diagram of an electrode information confirmation interface shown in some embodiments of this specification. As shown in FIG22, the interface can display the electrode type and electrode life. The electrode type includes an electrode icon, and different electrode icons can be displayed according to different electrode types; the electrode life can include the number of times it has been used and the number of times it remains to be used; when the information is correct, the user can click the "Confirm" button in the figure to confirm; when there is an error, the electrode can be replaced or the after-sales maintenance personnel can be requested to handle it. The after-sales maintenance personnel can correct and rewrite the error information stored in the electrode.
在一些实施例中,可以在显示屏中显示提示信息或警示信息,也可以通过声音、震动等方式发出提示信息或警示信息。In some embodiments, the prompt information or warning information may be displayed on a display screen, or may be issued through sound, vibration, or the like.
在一些实施例中,信息读取模块可以获取消融电极的电极信息,并将电极信息传输给控制模块,以判断消融电极是否可用。In some embodiments, the information reading module may obtain electrode information of the ablation electrode, and transmit the electrode information to the control module to determine whether the ablation electrode is available.
步骤1930,响应于消融电极可用且电极信息已被确认,进入参数设置界面。Step 1930: In response to the ablation electrode being available and the electrode information being confirmed, enter a parameter setting interface.
在一些实施例中,响应于射频消融仪的所有功能均正常,消融电极可用并经用户确认(如用户已确认电极类型等),可以进入参数设置界面700(如图23所示界面),以便用户设置所述目标参数。In some embodiments, in response to all functions of the RF ablation device being normal, the ablation electrode is available and confirmed by the user (such as the user has confirmed the electrode type, etc.), the parameter setting interface 700 (as shown in Figure 23) can be entered to allow the user to set the target parameters.
图23是根据本说明书一些实施例所示的参数设置界面的示例性示意图。在一些实施例中,如图23所示,参数设置界面700中可以包括附件连接状态、治疗时间、射频功率、电极寿命信息。Fig. 23 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a parameter setting interface according to some embodiments of the present specification. In some embodiments, as shown in Fig. 23, the parameter setting interface 700 may include accessory connection status, treatment time, radio frequency power, and electrode life information.
其中,附件连接状态可以包括电极图标、脚踏开关图标。电极图标包括电极类型(如睫状体电极、小梁网电极或虹膜电极)和电极图例。在一些实施例中,消融电极和/或脚踏开关未连接时,点击确认(如图22所示),也会进入到参数设置界面,以此方便演示操作或教学;此时,响应于消融电极未连接,电极图标可以显示为灰色,响应于脚踏开关未连接,脚踏开关图标可以显示为灰色。Among them, the accessory connection status may include an electrode icon and a foot switch icon. The electrode icon includes an electrode type (such as a ciliary body electrode, a trabecular meshwork electrode, or an iris electrode) and an electrode legend. In some embodiments, when the ablation electrode and/or the foot switch are not connected, click Confirm (as shown in FIG. 22 ) to enter the parameter setting interface, which is convenient for demonstration operation or teaching; at this time, in response to the ablation electrode not being connected, the electrode icon may be displayed in gray, and in response to the foot switch not being connected, the foot switch icon may be displayed in gray.
治疗时间(即射频能量的输出时长)可以包括时间信息,时间信息包括治疗时间时长以及调整时间按钮。通过调整时间按钮可以设置对目标组织进行治疗的时间的长短。The treatment time (i.e., the output duration of the radio frequency energy) may include time information, and the time information includes the treatment time duration and a time adjustment button. The time adjustment button may be used to set the duration of the treatment of the target tissue.
射频功率(即射频能量的输出功率)可以包括功率信息,功率信息包括射频功率大小以及调整功率按钮。通过调整功率按钮可以设置对目标组织进行消融时,射频能量的输出功率的大小。The radio frequency power (i.e., the output power of the radio frequency energy) may include power information, and the power information includes the radio frequency power size and a power adjustment button. The power adjustment button may be used to set the output power size of the radio frequency energy when ablating the target tissue.
电极寿命信息可以包括当前电极的已使用次数和剩余使用次数,或者已消融累计时长和剩余可消融时长。The electrode life information may include the number of times the current electrode has been used and the number of times it remains to be used, or the accumulated ablation time and the remaining ablation time.
步骤1940,响应于消融电极可用在电极信息被确认前或确认后,检测脚踏开关是否连接。Step 1940, in response to the ablation electrode being available before or after the electrode information is confirmed, detecting whether the foot switch is connected.
在一些实施例中,眼部射频消融仪还包括脚踏开关接口,用于连接脚踏开关。在一些实施例中,控制模块进一步用于:响应于消融电极的电极类型和电极寿命信息被确认前或确认后,检测脚踏开关是否连接;响应于脚踏开关未连接,进行提示;响应于脚踏开关连接或用户点击提示界面中确认按钮,进入参数设置界面。In some embodiments, the ocular radiofrequency ablation device further includes a foot switch interface for connecting a foot switch. In some embodiments, the control module is further used to: detect whether the foot switch is connected in response to the electrode type and electrode life information of the ablation electrode being confirmed before or after confirmation; give a prompt in response to the foot switch not being connected; enter the parameter setting interface in response to the foot switch being connected or the user clicking the confirmation button in the prompt interface.
在一些实施例中,当消融电极可用且用户确认电极信息或确认前,可以检测脚踏开关是否连接,若未连接则在显示界面中输出提示信息“脚踏开关未连接”。此时,用户可以通过点击界面中“确认”按钮或连接脚踏开关进入下一步,如进入图23所示的参数设置界面。值得注意的是,脚踏开关与消融电极的连接顺序不受限制,在一些实施例中,可以先检测脚踏开关是否连接再检测消融电极是否连接,或同时检测脚踏开关和消融电极是否连接,或先检测消融电极是否连接再检测脚踏开关是否连接。在一些实施例中,若脚踏开关已连接,可以实时监测脚踏开关启动状态。在一些实施例中,电极信息确认后即可进入图23所示参数设置界面,在此之前或之后均可以检测脚踏开关是否连接。In some embodiments, when the ablation electrode is available and the user confirms the electrode information or before confirmation, it is possible to detect whether the foot switch is connected. If it is not connected, a prompt message "Foot switch is not connected" is output in the display interface. At this time, the user can enter the next step by clicking the "Confirm" button in the interface or connecting the foot switch, such as entering the parameter setting interface shown in Figure 23. It is worth noting that the connection order of the foot switch and the ablation electrode is not restricted. In some embodiments, it is possible to first detect whether the foot switch is connected and then detect whether the ablation electrode is connected, or to detect whether the foot switch and the ablation electrode are connected at the same time, or to first detect whether the ablation electrode is connected and then detect whether the foot switch is connected. In some embodiments, if the foot switch is connected, the start-up status of the foot switch can be monitored in real time. In some embodiments, the parameter setting interface shown in Figure 23 can be entered after the electrode information is confirmed, and whether the foot switch is connected can be detected before or after this.
步骤1950,响应于脚踏开关已连接且基于参数设置界面推荐或在参数设置界面设定的目标参数,控制射频能量的输出或停止。Step 1950 , in response to the foot switch being connected and based on the target parameters recommended by the parameter setting interface or set in the parameter setting interface, controlling the output or stopping of the radio frequency energy.
目标参数是指确定的消融参数。消融参数是指与对目标组织进行射频消融时使用的参数。在一些实施例中,消融参数可以包括射频信号的输出功率(简称射频功率)、治疗时间、治疗模式等。The target parameter refers to the determined ablation parameter. The ablation parameter refers to the parameter used when performing radiofrequency ablation on the target tissue. In some embodiments, the ablation parameter may include the output power of the radiofrequency signal (referred to as radiofrequency power), treatment time, treatment mode, etc.
射频消融所针对的眼部目标组织不同,所使用电极的电极类型不同。例如,电极的类型可以包括睫状体电极、小梁网电极或虹膜电极等。目标组织为睫状体,所使用的电极为睫状体电极,目标组织为小梁网,所使用的电极类型应为小梁网电极,目标组织为虹膜的,采用虹膜电极。针对不同的目标组织,从目标组织形态、位置及可操作性考虑,电极的区别主要在电极针的形态结构不同,如电极针刺入目标组织的一端为直针、弯针直尖端或弯针弯尖端等。Different target eye tissues are targeted by radiofrequency ablation, and different electrode types are used. For example, the types of electrodes may include ciliary body electrodes, trabecular meshwork electrodes, or iris electrodes. If the target tissue is the ciliary body, the electrode used is a ciliary body electrode. If the target tissue is the trabecular meshwork, the electrode type used should be a trabecular meshwork electrode. If the target tissue is the iris, an iris electrode is used. For different target tissues, considering the morphology, position, and operability of the target tissue, the difference in electrodes mainly lies in the different morphological structures of the electrode needle, such as whether the end of the electrode needle that penetrates the target tissue is a straight needle, a curved needle with a straight tip, or a curved needle with a curved tip.
在一些实施例中,射频消融仪110可以自动检测识别、显示与射频消融主机连接的消融电极的电极类型并请求用户确认(参见图22)。例如,控制模块113可以基于信息读取模块116自动检测识别到的与射频消融仪110连接的消融电极的电极类型,无需操作者选择,以提高安全性,避免操作者所选电极类型与实际使用的电极不一致。In some embodiments, the RF ablation device 110 can automatically detect, identify, and display the electrode type of the ablation electrode connected to the RF ablation host and request user confirmation (see FIG. 22 ). For example, the control module 113 can automatically detect the electrode type of the ablation electrode connected to the RF ablation device 110 based on the information reading module 116 without the operator having to select it, so as to improve safety and avoid the inconsistency between the electrode type selected by the operator and the electrode actually used.
射频信号的输出功率反映射频消融的功率。在一些实施例中,输出功率可以在0.5-50w范围内。例如,输出功率可以为0.5-9.9w内的任意数值。在一些实施例中,可以通过多种方式获取射频信号的输出功率。例如,响应于消融电极可用,射频消融仪可以根据电极类型提供多个备选输出功率供用户选择,响应于用户通过预设输入方式选择其中一个备选输出功率,将选择的备选输出功率确定为射频信号的输出功率。关于判断消融电极可用的更多说明可以参见上述相关描述。The output power of the radio frequency signal reflects the power of radio frequency ablation. In some embodiments, the output power can be in the range of 0.5-50w. For example, the output power can be any value within 0.5-9.9w. In some embodiments, the output power of the radio frequency signal can be obtained in a variety of ways. For example, in response to the availability of ablation electrodes, the radio frequency ablation instrument can provide multiple alternative output powers for the user to choose according to the electrode type, and in response to the user selecting one of the alternative output powers through a preset input method, the selected alternative output power is determined as the output power of the radio frequency signal. For more instructions on determining whether ablation electrodes are available, please refer to the above related description.
在一些实施例中,备选输出功率可以基于历史经验预先设置。例如,备选输出功率可以基于已经完成的射频消融过程中使用的射频信号的输出功率确定。在一些实施例中,备选输出功率可以为有一个范围值(如0.5-9.9w),或多个具体数值。In some embodiments, the alternative output power can be preset based on historical experience. For example, the alternative output power can be determined based on the output power of the radio frequency signal used in the completed radio frequency ablation process. In some embodiments, the alternative output power can have a range of values (such as 0.5-9.9w), or multiple specific values.
治疗时间是指对目标组织进行射频消融时,每刺入后在一个位置的治疗时间。在一些实施例中,可以通过多种方式获取治疗时间。例如,响应于消融电极可用,控制模块113可以根据电极类型提供多个备选治疗时间并控制输出单元1142展示在显示界面,以供用户选择,当用户通过预设输入方式选择其中一个备选治疗时间,将该选择的备选治疗时间确定为治疗时间。The treatment time refers to the treatment time at a location after each insertion when performing radiofrequency ablation on the target tissue. In some embodiments, the treatment time can be obtained in a variety of ways. For example, in response to the availability of the ablation electrode, the control module 113 can provide a plurality of alternative treatment times according to the electrode type and control the output unit 1142 to display them on the display interface for the user to select. When the user selects one of the alternative treatment times through a preset input method, the selected alternative treatment time is determined as the treatment time.
在一些实施例中,备选治疗时间可以基于历史经验预先设置。例如,备选治疗时间可以基于已经完成的射频消融过程中使用的治疗时间确定。在一些实施例中,备选治疗时间可以为一个时间范围(如1-20s、10-100s等),或多个具体的时间值。In some embodiments, the alternative treatment time can be preset based on historical experience. For example, the alternative treatment time can be determined based on the treatment time used in the completed radiofrequency ablation process. In some embodiments, the alternative treatment time can be a time range (such as 1-20s, 10-100s, etc.), or multiple specific time values.
在一些实施例中,治疗模式可以包括连续治疗模式和单次治疗模式。In some embodiments, the treatment mode may include a continuous treatment mode and a single treatment mode.
连续治疗模式是指电极针的尖端进入目标组织后在同一治疗位置可进行多次射频能量的释放,即间断性地释放,对应的治疗时间为多次释放时间的累计。相应地,单次治疗模式是指电极针的尖端每进入目标组织后进行一次射频能量的释放,对应的治疗时间为本次射频能量的释放时间。The continuous treatment mode means that after the tip of the electrode needle enters the target tissue, the RF energy can be released multiple times at the same treatment position, that is, intermittently, and the corresponding treatment time is the accumulation of multiple release times. Correspondingly, the single treatment mode means that after the tip of the electrode needle enters the target tissue, the RF energy is released once, and the corresponding treatment time is the release time of this RF energy.
在一些实施例中,治疗信息可以包括已治疗时间、射频信号的输出功率、实时阻抗等。In some embodiments, the treatment information may include elapsed treatment time, output power of the radio frequency signal, real-time impedance, etc.
已治疗时间是指在一个射频消融位置已经进行射频消融的时间。在一些实施例中,控制模块113可以通过计时器确定已治疗时间,并通过输出单元1142(如显示屏610)输出。The treatment time refers to the time during which radiofrequency ablation has been performed at a radiofrequency ablation location. In some embodiments, the control module 113 can determine the treatment time through a timer and output it through the output unit 1142 (such as the display screen 610).
实时阻抗可以用于表征目标组织的实时阻抗大小。关于实时阻抗的更多说明可以参见上文相关描述。The real-time impedance can be used to characterize the real-time impedance of the target tissue. For more information about the real-time impedance, please refer to the above description.
在一些实施例中,响应于消融电极的电极类型和电极寿命信息经用户确认,控制模块可以基于进行目标参数推荐。在一些实施例中,控制模块可以基于消融电极的电极类型,确定候选消融参数,基于用户针对候选消融参数的输入信息,确定模板参数;候选消融参数包括推荐的目标参数相关的参数值或用户可选的参数范围,以提高治疗的安全性。在一些实施例中,目标参数包括射频能量的输出时长和输出功率。In some embodiments, in response to the electrode type and electrode life information of the ablation electrode being confirmed by the user, the control module can make a target parameter recommendation based on. In some embodiments, the control module can determine candidate ablation parameters based on the electrode type of the ablation electrode, and determine template parameters based on the user's input information for the candidate ablation parameters; the candidate ablation parameters include parameter values related to the recommended target parameters or user-selectable parameter ranges to improve the safety of treatment. In some embodiments, the target parameters include the output duration and output power of the radio frequency energy.
候选消融参数是指推荐的消融参数(如备选治疗时间、备选射频功率)。在一些实施例中,候选消融参数可以包括推荐的目标消融参数的参数值或参数范围。输入信息可以包括用户对推荐的参数值的调整信息或确认信息,或用户基于推荐的参数范围输入的目标参数。在一些实施例中,响应于收到用户对电极的确认信息,控制模块可以将确认信息对应的参数值确定为目标参数。Candidate ablation parameters refer to recommended ablation parameters (such as alternative treatment time, alternative radiofrequency power). In some embodiments, the candidate ablation parameters may include parameter values or parameter ranges of recommended target ablation parameters. The input information may include user adjustment information or confirmation information for the recommended parameter value, or target parameters input by the user based on the recommended parameter range. In some embodiments, in response to receiving user confirmation information for the electrode, the control module may determine the parameter value corresponding to the confirmation information as the target parameter.
示例性地,响应于消融电极可用,控制模块113可以根据消融电极的电极类型推荐治疗时间、射频信号的输出功率或治疗模式的参数值/参数范围,并控制输出单元展示在显示界面,以供用户对参数值进行调整并确认或输入推荐的参数范围之内的参数,并将确认后的参数值作为确定的目标参数,或将输入推荐的参数范围之内的参数作为确认的目标参数。示例性的,目标参数相关的参数值或用户可选的参数范围也可以不展示在显示界面,通过限定用户的调整范围将目标参数限定在参数范围之内。Exemplarily, in response to the availability of the ablation electrode, the control module 113 can recommend the treatment time, the output power of the radio frequency signal or the parameter value/parameter range of the treatment mode according to the electrode type of the ablation electrode, and control the output unit to be displayed on the display interface for the user to adjust the parameter value and confirm or input the parameter within the recommended parameter range, and use the confirmed parameter value as the determined target parameter, or use the parameter within the recommended parameter range as the confirmed target parameter. Exemplarily, the parameter value related to the target parameter or the parameter range selectable by the user may not be displayed on the display interface, and the target parameter is limited to the parameter range by limiting the user's adjustment range.
在一些实施例中,在确定目标参数之前,可以实时监测激活开关的状态。响应于激活开关异常启动进行提示。例如,响应于未满足第一预设条件,启动激活开关,显示界面可以显示如“请释放激活开关”的提醒。第一预设条件包括射频消融仪的所有功能均正常,脚踏开关已连接且连接的消融电极可用,且目标参数已确定。关于第一预设条件、第二预设条件的说明可以参见上文及其相关描述。In some embodiments, before determining the target parameters, the state of the activation switch can be monitored in real time. A prompt is given in response to abnormal activation of the activation switch. For example, in response to the activation switch being activated in response to the first preset condition not being met, the display interface can display a reminder such as "Please release the activation switch". The first preset condition includes that all functions of the radiofrequency ablation device are normal, the foot switch is connected and the connected ablation electrode is available, and the target parameters have been determined. For an explanation of the first preset condition and the second preset condition, please refer to the above and its related description.
在一些实施例中,响应于激活开关在满足第一预设条件(射频消融仪的所有功能均正常,脚踏开关已连接且连接的消融电极可用,且目标参数已确定)时启动,判断消融电极是否到达目标位置。在一些实施例中,当消融电极到达目标位置时,响应于脚踏开关启动,基于目标参数控制所述射频能量的输出。In some embodiments, in response to the activation switch being activated when the first preset condition is met (all functions of the radiofrequency ablation device are normal, the foot switch is connected and the connected ablation electrode is available, and the target parameter has been determined), it is determined whether the ablation electrode has reached the target position. In some embodiments, when the ablation electrode reaches the target position, in response to the foot switch being activated, the output of the radiofrequency energy is controlled based on the target parameter.
在一些实施例中,响应于用户踩下脚踏开关超过预设时间,控制模块113可以控制射频模块112开始输出射频能量。预设时间可以包括1秒等。In some embodiments, in response to the user stepping on the foot switch for more than a preset time, the control module 113 can control the RF module 112 to start outputting RF energy. The preset time may include 1 second, etc.
在一些实施例中,响应于阻抗信息达到预设值或消融电极到达预定深度,确定消融电极到达目标位置。控制模块可以通过阻抗检测模块检测的阻抗信息判断消融电极是否到达眼部的目标位置。例如,若阻抗检测模块检测到阻抗信息,即阻抗信息不为0或在预设阻抗阈值范围,则可以确定消融电极到达目标位置,控制射频能量的输出。在一些实施例中,可以获取阻抗检测模块检测的阻抗信息,若阻抗信息达到预设值,则确定消融电极到达目标位置;否则,确定未到达目标位置。其中,预设值可以根据实际情况确定,如不同的目标组织位置对应的预设值可以不同。在一些实施例中,控制模块可以通过检测消融电极到达的深度是否满足预定深度,判断消融电极到达目标位置。例如,消融电极上带有尖端的电极针突出预设距离,当该电极针的尖端全部刺入眼部时,可以视为消融电极到达预定深度。预设距离可以根据实际情况调整。例如,可以通过调整尖端的突出长度,调整预设距离,即调整预定深度。In some embodiments, in response to the impedance information reaching a preset value or the ablation electrode reaching a predetermined depth, it is determined that the ablation electrode has reached the target position. The control module can determine whether the ablation electrode has reached the target position of the eye through the impedance information detected by the impedance detection module. For example, if the impedance detection module detects the impedance information, that is, the impedance information is not 0 or is within the preset impedance threshold range, it can be determined that the ablation electrode has reached the target position and the output of the radio frequency energy can be controlled. In some embodiments, the impedance information detected by the impedance detection module can be obtained. If the impedance information reaches the preset value, it is determined that the ablation electrode has reached the target position; otherwise, it is determined that the target position has not been reached. Among them, the preset value can be determined according to actual conditions, such as different preset values corresponding to different target tissue positions can be different. In some embodiments, the control module can determine whether the ablation electrode has reached the target position by detecting whether the depth reached by the ablation electrode meets the predetermined depth. For example, the electrode needle with a tip on the ablation electrode protrudes a preset distance. When the tip of the electrode needle is completely inserted into the eye, it can be regarded as the ablation electrode reaching the predetermined depth. The preset distance can be adjusted according to actual conditions. For example, the preset distance can be adjusted by adjusting the protruding length of the tip, that is, the predetermined depth is adjusted.
在一些实施例中,在对目标组织进行消融的过程中,可以实时监测目标组织的阻抗信息,并当阻抗发生突变时,停止射频能量的输出。可以理解的是,当射频消融完成后,目标组织的阻抗会发生突变,阻抗突变可以表征射频治疗完成,具体地可以根据不同的目标组织确定突变的阈值,如阻抗大于某一数值。或者,关于阻抗的突变也可以通过多次采集的阻抗变化量(差值)的变化来判断阻抗突变,例如阻抗的变化趋于零形成拐点,或阻抗的变化增量超过预设值。In some embodiments, during the ablation of the target tissue, the impedance information of the target tissue can be monitored in real time, and when the impedance suddenly changes, the output of the RF energy is stopped. It is understandable that when the RF ablation is completed, the impedance of the target tissue will suddenly change, and the impedance sudden change can indicate the completion of the RF treatment. Specifically, the threshold of the sudden change can be determined according to different target tissues, such as when the impedance is greater than a certain value. Alternatively, the sudden change of impedance can also be judged by the change of the impedance change amount (difference) collected multiple times, for example, the change of impedance tends to zero to form an inflection point, or the change increment of impedance exceeds a preset value.
在一些实施例中,在对目标组织进行消融的过程中,响应于脚踏开关释放或计时达到预设时间阈值时,射频消融仪自动停止射频能量的输出。In some embodiments, during the ablation of the target tissue, in response to the foot switch being released or the timing reaching a preset time threshold, the radiofrequency ablation device automatically stops the output of radiofrequency energy.
在一些实施例中,射频消融仪可以用于具有连续输出模式和定时输出模式。其中,连续输出模式或定时输出模式可以反映射频能量的输出方式。In some embodiments, the radiofrequency ablation device may be used to have a continuous output mode and a timed output mode, wherein the continuous output mode or the timed output mode may reflect the output mode of radiofrequency energy.
连续输出模式是指响应于用户启动脚踏开关,控制模块113控制射频模块112开始输出射频能量,响应于用户关闭脚踏开关,控制模块113控制射频模块112停止输出射频能量。The continuous output mode means that in response to the user starting the foot switch, the control module 113 controls the RF module 112 to start outputting RF energy, and in response to the user turning off the foot switch, the control module 113 controls the RF module 112 to stop outputting RF energy.
定时输出模式是指响应于用户启动脚踏开关,控制模块113控制射频模块112开始输出射频能量且开始计时,当计时达到预设时间阈值时自动停止射频能量的输出。在一些实施例中,定时输出模式下,响应于计时未达到所述预设时间阈值时,用户关闭脚踏开关,控制模块113可以控制射频模块112停止输出射频能量。在一些实施例中,预设时间阈值可以为治疗时间或小于治疗时间。The timed output mode means that in response to the user starting the foot switch, the control module 113 controls the RF module 112 to start outputting RF energy and start timing, and automatically stops the output of RF energy when the timing reaches a preset time threshold. In some embodiments, in the timed output mode, in response to the timing not reaching the preset time threshold, the user turns off the foot switch, and the control module 113 can control the RF module 112 to stop outputting RF energy. In some embodiments, the preset time threshold can be the treatment time or less than the treatment time.
在一些实施例中,响应于计时达到预设时间阈值时,但脚踏开关未松开,控制模块113可以发送警示信息至输出单元,以输出警示信息。警示信息可以包括如“请释放脚踏开关”。In some embodiments, in response to the timing reaching a preset time threshold, but the foot switch is not released, the control module 113 can send a warning message to the output unit to output the warning message. The warning message may include, for example, "Please release the foot switch".
在一些实施例中,所述连续输出模式或所述定时输出模式下,在每次停止射频能量的输出时,控制模块可以记录电极的使用信息,并更新当前使用的电极的所述电极寿命信息。In some embodiments, in the continuous output mode or the timed output mode, each time the output of radio frequency energy is stopped, the control module can record the usage information of the electrode and update the electrode life information of the electrode currently in use.
在一些实施例中,在对目标组织进行消融的过程中,响应于激活开关关闭,射频消融仪可以停止射频能量输出。激活开关关闭可以为当目标组织无需再次治疗,用户释放激活开关;或者是当射频能量的输出过程中出现异常,用户按下激活开关。In some embodiments, during the process of ablating the target tissue, in response to the activation switch being turned off, the radiofrequency ablation device can stop outputting radiofrequency energy. The activation switch can be turned off when the target tissue does not need to be treated again and the user releases the activation switch; or when an abnormality occurs during the output of radiofrequency energy and the user presses the activation switch.
在一些实施例中,响应于激活开关在满足第一预设条件时启动,进入治疗界面。第一预设条件的更多内容可以参见上文。在一些实施例中,在进入消融后(如开始输出射频能量),可以在显示界面中显示治疗信息。例如,激活开关在满足第一预设条件时启动,开始对目标组织进行消融后,可以进入图24所示的治疗界面。在一些实施例中,治疗界面显示的信息包括电极状态、电极类型、电极寿命信息、射频能量的输出时长、实时治疗时间、射频能量的输出功率、阻抗信息中的至少一种。优选的,治疗界面显示的信息包括电极状态、电极类型、电极寿命信息、射频能量的输出时长、射频能量的输出功率、实时治疗时间和实时阻抗。In some embodiments, in response to the activation switch being activated when the first preset condition is met, the treatment interface is entered. For more information about the first preset condition, see above. In some embodiments, after entering ablation (such as starting to output radio frequency energy), treatment information can be displayed in the display interface. For example, the activation switch is activated when the first preset condition is met, and after ablation of the target tissue begins, the treatment interface shown in Figure 24 can be entered. In some embodiments, the information displayed on the treatment interface includes at least one of electrode status, electrode type, electrode life information, output duration of radio frequency energy, real-time treatment time, output power of radio frequency energy, and impedance information. Preferably, the information displayed on the treatment interface includes electrode status, electrode type, electrode life information, output duration of radio frequency energy, output power of radio frequency energy, real-time treatment time, and real-time impedance.
电极状态是指消融电极与射频消融仪连接与否的状态,如电极图标彩色表示连接,灰色表示未连接。电极类型包括睫状体电极、小梁网电极或虹膜电极。The electrode status refers to whether the ablation electrode is connected to the radiofrequency ablation device. For example, a color electrode icon indicates a connection, while a gray electrode indicates a disconnection. Electrode types include ciliary body electrodes, trabecular meshwork electrodes, or iris electrodes.
射频能量的输出时长(即设定的治疗时间)、射频能量的输出功率(即设定的射频功率)参见上文内容。实时治疗时间,也称已治疗时间,是指当前已经治疗的时间长短。例如,治疗时间为20秒,已治疗时间为2秒。The output duration of RF energy (i.e. the set treatment time) and the output power of RF energy (i.e. the set RF power) refer to the above content. The real-time treatment time, also known as the elapsed treatment time, refers to the length of time that the treatment has been completed. For example, if the treatment time is 20 seconds, the elapsed treatment time is 2 seconds.
射频能量的输出功率即设置的对目标组织进行治疗时,射频信号需要满足的功率值(如在图23所示界面中设置的射频功率)。The output power of the radio frequency energy is the power value that the radio frequency signal needs to meet when treating the target tissue (such as the radio frequency power set in the interface shown in Figure 23).
实时阻抗是指目标组织的当前阻抗值,如通过电压电流反馈单元监测到的阻抗值。Real-time impedance refers to the current impedance value of the target tissue, such as the impedance value monitored by a voltage and current feedback unit.
在一些实施例中,可以实时监测脚踏开关的状态,若脚踏开关在非治疗界面下启动(即在未进入图24所示的界面前启动),进行提示。In some embodiments, the status of the foot switch can be monitored in real time, and if the foot switch is activated in a non-treatment interface (ie, activated before entering the interface shown in FIG. 24 ), a prompt is given.
在一些实施例中,响应于射频消融结束,射频消融仪可以检测消融电极的剩余使用次数。若剩余使用次数不为0,则可以将该消融电极的首次使用时间、已使用次数、剩余使用次数等信息主动写入消融电极(如消融电极的存储芯片)。In some embodiments, in response to the end of radiofrequency ablation, the radiofrequency ablation device can detect the remaining number of uses of the ablation electrode. If the remaining number of uses is not 0, the information such as the first use time, the number of uses, and the remaining number of uses of the ablation electrode can be actively written into the ablation electrode (such as the storage chip of the ablation electrode).
在一些实施例中,控制模块控制射频能量的输出或停止的过程中进一步包括:当阻抗发生突变时,控制射频能量停止输出;或者,响应于脚踏开关释放、或激活开关关闭、或计时达到射频能量的输出时长时,自动停止射频能量的输出。关于此部分内容,参见图19。In some embodiments, the process of the control module controlling the output or stopping of the RF energy further includes: when the impedance suddenly changes, controlling the RF energy to stop outputting; or, in response to the foot switch being released, or the activation switch being closed, or the timing reaching the output time of the RF energy, automatically stopping the output of the RF energy. For this part, see FIG. 19 .
图19是根据本说明书另一些实施例所示的控制方法的示例性流程图。如图19所示,在一些实施例中,流程900可以包括以下步骤,该流程可以由控制模块执行。Fig. 19 is an exemplary flow chart of a control method according to some other embodiments of the present specification. As shown in Fig. 19, in some embodiments, process 900 may include the following steps, which may be executed by a control module.
步骤910,响应于射频消融仪开机,检测射频消融仪的功能是否正常。Step 910, in response to the radiofrequency ablation device being turned on, detecting whether the function of the radiofrequency ablation device is normal.
结合上文,在开机前,可以先进行开机前准备,如连接电源、连接脚踏开关等;开机后,可以检测射频消融仪是否为正常开机(如系统是否通电、系统开机按钮是否正常启动、是否能够正常进入开机画面等)。检测射频消融仪的功能是否正常的更多详细内容参见图28中描述,此处不再赘述。Combined with the above, before starting up, you can first make preparations for starting up, such as connecting the power supply, connecting the foot switch, etc.; after starting up, you can detect whether the radiofrequency ablation instrument is started normally (such as whether the system is powered on, whether the system power button is activated normally, whether it can enter the power-on screen normally, etc.). For more details on detecting whether the functions of the radiofrequency ablation instrument are normal, please refer to the description in Figure 28, which will not be repeated here.
步骤920,响应于射频消融仪的功能正常,判断消融电极的可用性。Step 920: In response to the radiofrequency ablation device functioning normally, determine the availability of the ablation electrode.
射频消融仪的功能正常(也称自检通过)后,用户可以连接消融电极。射频消融仪可以获取连接的消融电极的电极信息。例如,射频消融仪可以通过信息读取模块116获取连接的消融电极的电极类型、加密信息、数据检验码等电极信息,并将电极信息传输给控制模块113。在一些实施例中,控制模块113可以基于电极信息,判断消融电极是否可用。例如,控制模块113可以基于加密信息、电极型号判断消融电极是否为非法电极,基于电极首次使用时间判断是否超过预设使用时间范围,基于电极剩余使用次数判断使用寿命是否符合要求等。响应于确定消融电极不可用,控制模块113可以控制输出单元输出提示信息,以提醒用户更换消融电极。更多详细内容参见图28中描述,此处不再赘述。After the RF ablation device functions normally (also known as passing the self-test), the user can connect the ablation electrode. The RF ablation device can obtain the electrode information of the connected ablation electrode. For example, the RF ablation device can obtain the electrode information of the connected ablation electrode, such as the electrode type, encryption information, and data verification code, through the information reading module 116, and transmit the electrode information to the control module 113. In some embodiments, the control module 113 can determine whether the ablation electrode is available based on the electrode information. For example, the control module 113 can determine whether the ablation electrode is an illegal electrode based on the encryption information and the electrode model, determine whether the first use time of the electrode exceeds the preset use time range based on the time, and determine whether the service life meets the requirements based on the remaining number of uses of the electrode. In response to determining that the ablation electrode is unavailable, the control module 113 can control the output unit to output a prompt message to remind the user to replace the ablation electrode. For more details, please refer to the description in Figure 28, which will not be repeated here.
步骤930,响应于消融电极可用,设置目标参数。Step 930, in response to the ablation electrode being available, setting target parameters.
在一些实施例中,响应于消融电极可用,控制模块113可以控制输出单元输出电极信息,供用户进行确认。当用户确认电极信息后,可以进入参数设置页面(如图23所示的界面),以设置目标参数。在一些实施例中,用户可以在参数设置界面主动输入目标参数。在一些实施例中,可以在参数设置界面中显示推荐的候选消融参数,基于用户对候选消融参数的反馈确定目标参数。例如,基于用户对推荐的参数值的调整信息或确认信息确定目标参数,或用户基于推荐的参数范围输入的目标参数。In some embodiments, in response to the ablation electrode being available, the control module 113 can control the output unit to output the electrode information for the user to confirm. After the user confirms the electrode information, the parameter setting page (the interface shown in FIG. 23 ) can be entered to set the target parameters. In some embodiments, the user can actively enter the target parameters in the parameter setting interface. In some embodiments, the recommended candidate ablation parameters can be displayed in the parameter setting interface, and the target parameters can be determined based on the user's feedback on the candidate ablation parameters. For example, the target parameters are determined based on the user's adjustment information or confirmation information of the recommended parameter value, or the target parameters entered by the user based on the recommended parameter range.
确定好目标参数后,可以进入开始治疗。结合上文,当射频消融仪的所有功能均正常,脚踏开关已连接且连接的消融电极可用,且目标参数已确定时,可以响应于激活开关启动,判断消融电极是否到达目标位置;若到达目标位置,则响应于脚踏开关启动输出射频能量,以便对目标组织进行射频消融。After the target parameters are determined, the treatment can be started. In combination with the above, when all functions of the radiofrequency ablation device are normal, the foot switch is connected and the connected ablation electrode is available, and the target parameters have been determined, it can respond to the activation switch to start and determine whether the ablation electrode has reached the target position; if it has reached the target position, the radiofrequency energy is output in response to the foot switch to perform radiofrequency ablation on the target tissue.
步骤940,响应于阻抗突变、释放脚踏开关、或释放激活开关、或已治疗时间达到预设时间阈值,射频消融仪可以停止射频能量的输出。Step 940: In response to a sudden change in impedance, the release of a foot switch, or the release of an activation switch, or the treatment time reaching a preset time threshold, the radiofrequency ablation device may stop outputting radiofrequency energy.
在一些实施例中,如图19所示,在对目标组织进行消融的过程中,响应于阻抗突变、释放脚踏开关、或释放激活开关、或已治疗时间达到预设时间阈值(如计时达到设定的射频能量的输出时长),射频消融仪可以停止射频能量的输出。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 19 , during ablation of the target tissue, the RF ablation device may stop outputting RF energy in response to a sudden change in impedance, the release of a foot switch, or the release of an activation switch, or the treatment time reaching a preset time threshold (such as the timing reaching a set RF energy output duration).
在一些实施例中,如图19所示,响应于目标组织无需再次治疗,且用户释放激活开关,整个射频消融过程结束。若需要再次治疗,则可以通过再次启动脚踏开关对目标组织进行再次消融。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 19, in response to the target tissue not needing further treatment and the user releasing the activation switch, the entire RF ablation process ends. If further treatment is required, the target tissue can be ablated again by reactivating the foot switch.
在一些实施例中,响应于在射频能量的输出过程中出现异常,用户按下激活开关,射频消融仪可以停止射频能量输出。在一些实施例中,响应于射频消融结束,射频消融仪可以将消融电极的电极信息回写入消融电极的存储芯片。In some embodiments, in response to an abnormality occurring during the output of radio frequency energy, the user presses the activation switch and the radio frequency ablation instrument can stop the output of radio frequency energy. In some embodiments, in response to the end of radio frequency ablation, the radio frequency ablation instrument can write the electrode information of the ablation electrode back into the storage chip of the ablation electrode.
应当注意的是,上述有关控制方法900和1900的描述仅仅是为了示例和说明,而不限定本说明书的适用范围。对于本领域技术人员来说,在本说明书的指导下可以对流程眼部射频消融进行各种修正和改变。然而,这些修正和改变仍在本说明书的范围之内。It should be noted that the above description of the control methods 900 and 1900 is only for illustration and description, and does not limit the scope of application of this specification. For those skilled in the art, various modifications and changes can be made to the process of ocular radiofrequency ablation under the guidance of this specification. However, these modifications and changes are still within the scope of this specification.
在一些实施例中,射频消融仪110还可以包括电源滤波器410、电源模块111、音频设备430、显示屏610、转动手柄1020、散热风扇、主板屏蔽罩、激活开关1030以及相关接口。其中相关接口可以包括连接器插口(如连接器插口1040)、电源开关和接口、等电位接口以及脚踏开关接口。In some embodiments, the radiofrequency ablation device 110 may further include a power filter 410, a power module 111, an audio device 430, a display screen 610, a rotating handle 1020, a cooling fan, a mainboard shield, an activation switch 1030, and related interfaces. The related interfaces may include a connector socket (such as a connector socket 1040), a power switch and interface, an equipotential interface, and a foot switch interface.
激活开关1030可以为按压式或旋转式按钮。关于电源滤波器410、电源模块111、音频设备430、显示屏的更多内容,可以参见上文,此处不再赘述。The activation switch 1030 may be a push button or a rotary button. For more information about the power filter 410, the power module 111, the audio device 430, and the display screen, please refer to the above text, and will not be described in detail here.
在一些实施例中,转动手柄1020可以被安装于射频消融仪110的上部,用于拿放射频消融仪。在一些实施例中,转动手柄1020可以包括手柄凸起、手柄、转轴和手柄扣手。手柄凸起可以使转动手柄可以缓慢落下,避免碰撞到射频消融仪110。转动手柄1020可以通过转轴与射频消融仪110连接,沿转轴旋转(如旋转0-180度、0-90度、0-160度等)。手柄扣手指方便操作人员从手柄贴合射频消融仪的状态扣出转为拿起状态的结构。示例性的,手柄扣手可以为手柄上的凹槽或凸起。In some embodiments, the rotating handle 1020 can be installed on the upper part of the radiofrequency ablation device 110 for picking up and placing the radiofrequency ablation device. In some embodiments, the rotating handle 1020 may include a handle protrusion, a handle, a rotating shaft, and a handle buckle. The handle protrusion allows the rotating handle to fall slowly to avoid colliding with the radiofrequency ablation device 110. The rotating handle 1020 can be connected to the radiofrequency ablation device 110 via a rotating shaft and rotate along the rotating shaft (such as rotating 0-180 degrees, 0-90 degrees, 0-160 degrees, etc.). The handle buckle finger facilitates the operator to buckle the handle from the state where it fits the radiofrequency ablation device to the structure of the picking up state. Exemplarily, the handle buckle can be a groove or a protrusion on the handle.
在一些实施例中,散热风扇可以设于射频消融仪110的一侧,在靠近散热风扇处的射频消融仪110的壳体上开设有多个散热孔,用以排除射频消融仪110产生的热量。在一些实施例中,散热风扇也可以为其他用于冷却或排出热量的结构。In some embodiments, a cooling fan may be provided on one side of the radiofrequency ablation device 110, and a plurality of cooling holes may be provided on the housing of the radiofrequency ablation device 110 near the cooling fan to remove the heat generated by the radiofrequency ablation device 110. In some embodiments, the cooling fan may also be other structures for cooling or removing heat.
在一些实施例中,主板屏蔽罩可以设于射频消融仪110的外壳内部,用以屏蔽外部对射频消融仪的内部,或射频消融仪的内部对外部的电磁干扰。在一些实施例中,主板屏蔽罩的材质可以为导电材料,例如金属或导电涂层的塑料。在一些实施例中,主板屏蔽罩可以为金属材料,用以屏蔽干扰的同时,承载滤波器410、电源模块111、音频设备430(如喇叭)以及散热风扇,为其提供稳固安装的支撑力。In some embodiments, the motherboard shielding cover can be disposed inside the housing of the radiofrequency ablation device 110 to shield the electromagnetic interference from the outside to the inside of the radiofrequency ablation device, or from the inside of the radiofrequency ablation device to the outside. In some embodiments, the material of the motherboard shielding cover can be a conductive material, such as metal or plastic with a conductive coating. In some embodiments, the motherboard shielding cover can be a metal material to shield interference while carrying the filter 410, the power module 111, the audio device 430 (such as a speaker) and the cooling fan to provide a stable installation support force for them.
在一些实施例中,连接器插口可以设置在射频消融仪110的显示屏所在一侧(也称正面),用于连接连接器,以实现消融电极120与射频消融仪110的连接。通过将连接器接口设置在射频消融仪的显示屏所在一侧,可以便于用户在消融过程中观看显示屏中展示的信息(如电极信息、治疗信息、警示信息等)。In some embodiments, the connector socket may be provided on the side where the display screen of the radiofrequency ablation device 110 is located (also referred to as the front side), for connecting the connector to achieve the connection between the ablation electrode 120 and the radiofrequency ablation device 110. By providing the connector interface on the side where the display screen of the radiofrequency ablation device is located, it is convenient for the user to view the information displayed on the display screen (such as electrode information, treatment information, warning information, etc.) during the ablation process.
在一些实施例中,电源开关和接口、等电位接口和脚踏开关接口可以设置在射频消融仪110的背面(与显示屏相对的一侧)。电源开关和接口用于射频消融仪110连接外部电源。等电位接口用于当没有接地插座时,使得射频消融仪110可以接地,保证电气安全。脚踏开关接口用于脚踏开关与射频消融仪110的连接。In some embodiments, the power switch and interface, the equipotential interface and the foot switch interface can be arranged on the back side (the side opposite to the display screen) of the radiofrequency ablation device 110. The power switch and interface are used to connect the radiofrequency ablation device 110 to an external power source. The equipotential interface is used to ground the radiofrequency ablation device 110 when there is no grounding socket to ensure electrical safety. The foot switch interface is used to connect the foot switch to the radiofrequency ablation device 110.
通过将电源开关和接口、等电位接口和脚踏开关接口设置在射频消融仪的背面,可以保证使用的同时提升射频消融仪的美观,同时避免接口连接的器件影响到用户观看显示屏上的显示信息。By arranging the power switch and interface, equipotential interface and foot switch interface on the back of the radiofrequency ablation device, the appearance of the radiofrequency ablation device can be improved while it is in use, while preventing the components connected to the interface from affecting the user's viewing of the displayed information on the display screen.
在一些实施例中,射频消融仪110可以固定安装或可拆卸安装在台车上,以方便对射频消融仪110的移动和操作。台车用于承载射频消融仪110,当射频消融仪110安装在台车上时,通过移动台车可以拖动射频消融仪移动(如移动到操作人员所在位置),具体的台车结构如前面所描述,同时可参见附图图2A和2B所示,此处不在赘述。In some embodiments, the radiofrequency ablation device 110 can be fixedly mounted or detachably mounted on a trolley to facilitate the movement and operation of the radiofrequency ablation device 110. The trolley is used to carry the radiofrequency ablation device 110. When the radiofrequency ablation device 110 is mounted on the trolley, the radiofrequency ablation device can be dragged and moved (such as moved to the position of the operator) by moving the trolley. The specific trolley structure is as described above, and can also be seen in Figures 2A and 2B, which will not be repeated here.
上文已对基本概念做了描述,显然,对于本领域技术人员来说,上述详细披露仅仅作为示例,而并不构成对本说明书的限定。虽然此处并没有明确说明,本领域技术人员可能会对本说明书进行各种修改、改进和修正。该类修改、改进和修正在本说明书中被建议,所以该类修改、改进、修正仍属于本说明书示范实施例的精神和范围。The basic concepts have been described above. Obviously, for those skilled in the art, the above detailed disclosure is only for example and does not constitute a limitation of this specification. Although not explicitly stated here, those skilled in the art may make various modifications, improvements and corrections to this specification. Such modifications, improvements and corrections are suggested in this specification, so such modifications, improvements and corrections still belong to the spirit and scope of the exemplary embodiments of this specification.
同时,本说明书使用了特定词语来描述本说明书的实施例。如“一个实施例”、“一实施例”、和/或“一些实施例”意指与本说明书至少一个实施例相关的某一特征、结构或特点。因此,应强调并注意的是,本说明书中在不同位置两次或多次提及的“一实施例”或“一个实施例”或“一个替代性实施例”并不一定是指同一实施例。此外,本说明书的一个或多个实施例中的某些特征、结构或特点可以进行适当的组合。At the same time, this specification uses specific words to describe the embodiments of this specification. For example, "one embodiment", "an embodiment", and/or "some embodiments" refer to a certain feature, structure or characteristic related to at least one embodiment of this specification. Therefore, it should be emphasized and noted that "one embodiment" or "an embodiment" or "an alternative embodiment" mentioned twice or more in different positions in this specification does not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. In addition, certain features, structures or characteristics in one or more embodiments of this specification can be appropriately combined.
此外,本说明书的一个或多个实施例中的某些特征、结构或特点可以进行适当的组合,所有具体可行的组合技术方案均属于本说明书所披露的技术方案。In addition, certain features, structures or characteristics in one or more embodiments of this specification may be appropriately combined, and all specific feasible combined technical solutions belong to the technical solutions disclosed in this specification.
Claims (33)
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202311850706.2 | 2023-12-29 | ||
| CN202311850706.2A CN120227231A (en) | 2023-12-29 | 2023-12-29 | Ocular radiofrequency ablation device and control method thereof |
| CN202311851506.9A CN118217087B (en) | 2023-12-29 | 2023-12-29 | Ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system |
| CN202311851506.9 | 2023-12-29 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025140672A1 true WO2025140672A1 (en) | 2025-07-03 |
Family
ID=96218790
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2024/143510 Pending WO2025140672A1 (en) | 2023-12-29 | 2024-12-28 | Ophthalmic radio frequency ablation system, radio frequency ablation instrument, and control method therefor |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2025140672A1 (en) |
Citations (10)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN102198012A (en) * | 2010-03-25 | 2011-09-28 | 北京迈迪顶峰医疗科技有限公司 | Ablation and mapping system, control device and multi-electrode ablation and mapping device |
| US20150374435A1 (en) * | 2013-02-07 | 2015-12-31 | Shanghai Golden Leaf Med Tec Co., Ltd | Radio frequency ablation method, system and radio frequency ablation device thereof |
| CN112022338A (en) * | 2019-06-04 | 2020-12-04 | 赛诺微医疗科技(浙江)有限公司 | Electroporation ablation electrode needle and treatment system using same |
| CN112932659A (en) * | 2021-01-26 | 2021-06-11 | 上海优医基微能医疗科技有限公司 | Microwave ablation electrode needle and ablation system thereof |
| CN217908152U (en) * | 2022-05-19 | 2022-11-29 | 苏州朗目医疗科技有限公司 | Ablation electrode and ablation host for treating glaucoma |
| CN219374900U (en) * | 2022-10-08 | 2023-07-21 | 上海美微达医疗科技有限公司 | Radio frequency ablation system |
| CN118217087A (en) * | 2023-12-29 | 2024-06-21 | 苏州朗目医疗科技有限公司 | Ophthalmic radio frequency ablation system |
| CN221731213U (en) * | 2023-09-28 | 2024-09-20 | 苏州朗目医疗科技有限公司 | Ophthalmic radio frequency ablation electrode |
| CN222172445U (en) * | 2023-12-29 | 2024-12-17 | 苏州朗目医疗科技有限公司 | Ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation device |
| CN222623197U (en) * | 2023-12-29 | 2025-03-18 | 苏州朗目医疗科技有限公司 | A radiofrequency ablation device for ablating eye tissue |
-
2024
- 2024-12-28 WO PCT/CN2024/143510 patent/WO2025140672A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (10)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN102198012A (en) * | 2010-03-25 | 2011-09-28 | 北京迈迪顶峰医疗科技有限公司 | Ablation and mapping system, control device and multi-electrode ablation and mapping device |
| US20150374435A1 (en) * | 2013-02-07 | 2015-12-31 | Shanghai Golden Leaf Med Tec Co., Ltd | Radio frequency ablation method, system and radio frequency ablation device thereof |
| CN112022338A (en) * | 2019-06-04 | 2020-12-04 | 赛诺微医疗科技(浙江)有限公司 | Electroporation ablation electrode needle and treatment system using same |
| CN112932659A (en) * | 2021-01-26 | 2021-06-11 | 上海优医基微能医疗科技有限公司 | Microwave ablation electrode needle and ablation system thereof |
| CN217908152U (en) * | 2022-05-19 | 2022-11-29 | 苏州朗目医疗科技有限公司 | Ablation electrode and ablation host for treating glaucoma |
| CN219374900U (en) * | 2022-10-08 | 2023-07-21 | 上海美微达医疗科技有限公司 | Radio frequency ablation system |
| CN221731213U (en) * | 2023-09-28 | 2024-09-20 | 苏州朗目医疗科技有限公司 | Ophthalmic radio frequency ablation electrode |
| CN118217087A (en) * | 2023-12-29 | 2024-06-21 | 苏州朗目医疗科技有限公司 | Ophthalmic radio frequency ablation system |
| CN222172445U (en) * | 2023-12-29 | 2024-12-17 | 苏州朗目医疗科技有限公司 | Ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation device |
| CN222623197U (en) * | 2023-12-29 | 2025-03-18 | 苏州朗目医疗科技有限公司 | A radiofrequency ablation device for ablating eye tissue |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US12440305B2 (en) | Laser-assisted oral surgery system | |
| US10433897B2 (en) | Enforcement device for limited usage product | |
| CN118217087B (en) | Ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation system | |
| US11273006B2 (en) | Laser-assisted periodontics | |
| US8160694B2 (en) | Adjustment mechanism for electrical medical appliances, and methods of use | |
| US6994707B2 (en) | Intelligent selection system for electrosurgical instrument | |
| US8945114B2 (en) | Fluid sensor for ablation therapy | |
| KR101794531B1 (en) | Ablation apparatus and system to limit nerve conduction | |
| CN202933390U (en) | External-use test stimulator | |
| CN108784829A (en) | A kind of RF ablation device and RF ablation control method | |
| CN222623197U (en) | A radiofrequency ablation device for ablating eye tissue | |
| CN222172445U (en) | Ophthalmic radiofrequency ablation device | |
| WO2025140672A1 (en) | Ophthalmic radio frequency ablation system, radio frequency ablation instrument, and control method therefor | |
| US11324542B2 (en) | RF generator for an electrosurgical instrument | |
| CN120227231A (en) | Ocular radiofrequency ablation device and control method thereof | |
| CN117679144A (en) | Oral cavity ablation system | |
| CN220069843U (en) | Disposable operation electrode with temperature control function | |
| CN213284352U (en) | Electric acupuncture therapeutic instrument | |
| EP4654905A1 (en) | Monitoring contact integrity of reference electrodes in an rf neural ablation system | |
| KR102139295B1 (en) | Wireless nerve block needle set | |
| WO2024131363A1 (en) | Biological cavity ablation system, biological cavity ablation method, and storage medium |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24911586 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |